Aren/haiku
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Imported wget-1.10.2; disabled SSL for now (it's not yet part of our repository), not yet tested.

Browse Source 
git-svn-id: file:///srv/svn/repos/haiku/haiku/trunk@19535 a95241bf-73f2-0310-859d-f6bbb57e9c96
This commit is contained in:
Axel Dörfler 2006-12-16 18:25:42 +00:00
parent 794145804d
commit 03f78d6943
180 changed files with 150670 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
src/bin/network/Jamfile
View File

@ -10,3 +10,4 @@ SubInclude HAIKU_TOP src bin network route ;
SubInclude HAIKU_TOP src bin network telnet ;
SubInclude HAIKU_TOP src bin network telnetd ;
SubInclude HAIKU_TOP src bin network traceroute ;
SubInclude HAIKU_TOP src bin network wget ;

39
src/bin/network/wget/AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
Authors of GNU Wget.
[ Note that this file does not attempt to list all the contributors to
Wget; look at the ChangeLogs for that. This is a list of people who
contributed sizeable amounts of code and assigned the copyright to
the FSF. ]
Hrvoje Niksic. Designed and implemented Wget.
Gordon Matzigkeit. Wrote netrc.c and netrc.h.
Darko Budor. Wrote initial support for Windows, wrote wsstartup.c,
wsstartup.h and windecl.h. (The files were later renamed, but his
code and ideas remained present.)
Junio Hamano. Added support for FTP Opie and HTTP digest
authentication.
Dan Harkless. Added --backup-converted, --follow-tags, --html-extension,
--ignore-tags, and --page-requisites; improved documentation; etc.
Christian Fraenkel. Initially implemented SSL support.
Thomas Lussnig. Initially implemented IPv6 support.
Ian Abbott. Contributed bugfixes, Windows-related fixes, provided a
prototype implementation of the new recursive code, and more.
Gisle Vanem. Contributed Windows improvements, including a port of
run_with_timeout to Windows, additions to Makefiles, and many bug
reports and fixes.
Mauro Tortonesi. Improved IPv6 support, adding support for dual
family systems. Refactored and enhanced FTP IPv6 code.
Nicolas Schodet. Contributed to cookie code and documentation.
Daniel Stenberg. NTLM authentication in http-ntlm.c and http-ntlm.h
originally written for curl donated for use in GNU Wget.

340
src/bin/network/wget/COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

1653
src/bin/network/wget/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

14
src/bin/network/wget/ChangeLog.README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
Please note that Wget has more than one ChangeLog file:
./ChangeLog: documents changes to files in the top-level directory
and to files in subdirectories like po/ that don't have
their own ChangeLogs
src/ChangeLog: documents only changes to files in the src directory
doc/ChangeLog: documents only changes to files in the doc directory
windows/ChangeLog: documents only changes to files in the windows directory
When checking to see if a patch you sent in has been applied, please
look in the appropriate ChangeLog(s).

180
src/bin/network/wget/INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
-*- text -*-
GNU Wget Installation Procedure
===============================
0. Introduction
---------------
This document describes how to build Wget from source code on
Unix-like systems. If you want to install a precompiled Wget, this
document is not for you -- refer to the documentation provided by the
distributors instead. If you already have Wget and want to learn how
to use it, refer to Wget's Info documentation or man page which you
should have received with your system. If you are using Windows
(except for Cygwin), read windows/README instead. If you want to
compile Wget from source code on a Unix-like system, read on.
The preferred form of building Wget is to get a release archive and
unpack it (which you have presumably done, since you are reading
this). If you have obtained the source code via the Subversion
repository, please follow the instructions in `README.checkout' before
continuing.
1. Dependencies
---------------
To build Wget, your system must support a Unix-like command-line
development environment, including the text-processing utilities (sh,
grep, awk, sed, etc.) and a functional C compiler. On some GNU/Linux
systems, this means that you will need to install packages such as
`gcc', `glibc-devel' (or `libc6-dev') and `make'. Most systems come
with these packages preinstalled, but it doesn't hurt to check. If
you have successfully compiled other software from source, you
probably have them all.
In addition to the C development environment, Wget can use a number of
optional libraries to provide additional features, such as translated
messages and support for "https" URLs. The "external" dependencies
include:
- OpenSSL -- for "https" URLs.
- GNU gettext -- for translated messages.
To be usable for building Wget, the listed libraries must be installed
with their "development" header files. On GNU/Linux systems this
typically means installing the corredponsing "lib<name>-devel" or
"lib<name>-dev" package along with the package with "lib<name>".
2. Configuration
----------------
Before compiling Wget, you need to "configure" it using the
`configure' script provided with the distribution. Configuration
serves two distinct purposes: it enables Wget's build system to
inspect certain features of your operating system for more robust
compilation, and it enables you to choose which features you want the
resulting Wget to have.
As is the case with most GNU software, Wget's configure script was
generated with GNU Autoconf. If you're not familiar with
Autoconf-generated scripts, read on.
The most straightforward way to configure Wget is by running the
configure script without any arguments. After running some
compilation-related tests, it will create the Makefiles needed to
build Wget. However, you may wish to customize Wget's configuration
by providing arguments to `configure'. Wget's configure script
accepts standard Autoconf arguments, the most important ones being:
--help display a help message and exit
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
(/usr/local by default)
--bindir=DIR user executables in DIR (PREFIX/bin)
--infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
--mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
For example, if you are not root and want to install Wget in
subdirectories of your home directory, you can use:
./configure --prefix=$HOME
In addition to the above generic options, Wget's configuration
supports a number of options more or less specific to Wget. Options
beginning with "--disable", such as `--disable-opie' or
`--disable-ntlm', allow you to turn off certain built-in functionality
you don't need in order to reduce the size of the executable. Options
beginning with "--with" turning off autodetection and use of external
software Wget can link with, such as the SSL libraries. Recognized
"--enable" and "--with" options include:
--without-ssl disable SSL autodetection (used for https support)
--with-libssl-prefix=DIR search for libssl in DIR/lib
--disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login
--disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization
--disable-ntlm disable support for HTTP NTLM authorization
--disable-debug disable support for debugging output
--disable-nls do not use Native Language Support
--disable-largefile omit support for large files
--disable-ipv6 disable IPv6 support
--disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths
You can inspect decisions made by configure by editing the generated
Makefiles and the `src/config.h' include file. The defaults should
work without intervention, but if you know what you are doing, editing
the generated files before compilation is fine -- they will not be
regenerated until you run configure again.
`configure' will try to find a compiler in your PATH, defaulting to
`gcc', but falling back to `cc' if the former is unavailable. This is
a reasonable default on most Unix-like systems, but sometimes you
might want to override it. The compiler choice is overridden by
setting the `CC' environment variable to the desired compiler file
name. For example, to force compilation with the Unix `cc' compiler,
invoke configure like this:
./configure CC=cc
This assumes that `cc' is in your path -- if it is not, simply use
CC=/path/to/cc instead. Note that environment variables that affect
configure can be set with the usual shell syntax `VAR=value
./configure' (assuming sh syntax), but can also be specified as
arguments to configure, as shown above. The latter method, while
being specific to configure, works unmodified in all shells.
Environment variables that affect `configure' include: CFLAGS for C
compiler flags, CPPFLAGS for C preprocessor flags, LDFLAGS for linker
flags, and LIBS for libraries.
Barring the use of --without-* flags, configure will try to autodetect
external libraries needed by Wget, currently only the OpenSSL
libraries. If they are installed in the system library directories or
in the same prefix where you plan to install Wget, configure should be
able to autodetect them. If they are installed elsewhere, use the
`--with-libNAME' option to specify the root directory under which
libraries reside in the `lib/' subdirectory and the corresponding
header files reside in the `include/' subdirectory. For example, if
the OpenSSL libraries are installed under the /usr/local/ssl prefix,
use `--with-libssl=/usr/local/ssl'.
Sometimes external libraries will be installed on the system, but the
header files will be missing. This often happens on GNU/Linux if you
forget to install the "-devel" or "-dev" package that corresponds to
the library and that is typically *not* installed by default. In that
case configure will not find the library and you will not be able to
use the features provided by the library until you install the devel
package and rerun configure. If you believe you have the necessary
headers, but configure still fails to detect the library, please
report it as a bug.
3. Compilation
--------------
To compile GNU Wget after it has been configured, simply type make.
If your compiler is too old to handle function prototypes, Wget will
try to K&R-ize its sources on the fly. This should make GNU Wget
compilable on almost any Unix-like system you are likely to encounter.
After the compilation a ready-to-use `wget' executable should reside
in the src directory. At this point there is no formal test suite for
testing the binary, but it should be easy enough to test whether the
basic functionality works.
4. Installation
---------------
Use `make install' to install GNU Wget to directories specified to
configure. To install it in a system directory (which is the
default), you will need to be root. The standard prefix is
"/usr/local/", which can be changed using the `--prefix' configure
option.
The installation process will copy the wget binary to $PREFIX/bin,
install the wget.info* info pages to $PREFIX/info, the generated
manual page (where available) wget.1 to $PREFIX/man/man1, and the
default config file to $PREFIX/etc, unless a config file already
exists there. You can customize these directories either through the
configuration process or making the necessary changes in the Makefile.
To delete the files created by Wget installation, you can use `make
uninstall'.

43
src/bin/network/wget/Jamfile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
SubDir HAIKU_TOP src bin network wget ;
UseHeaders [ FDirName $(SUBDIR) src ] : true ;
SEARCH_SOURCE += [ FDirName $(SUBDIR) src ] ;
local defines = [ FDefines HAVE_CONFIG_H=1 ] ;
SubDirCcFlags $(defines) ;
SubDirC++Flags $(defines) ;
BinCommand wget :
cmpt.c
connect.c
convert.c
cookies.c
ftp-basic.c
ftp-ls.c
ftp-opie.c
ftp.c
gen-md5.c
gnu-md5.c
hash.c
host.c
html-parse.c
html-url.c
#http-ntlm.c
http.c
init.c
log.c
main.c
netrc.c
progress.c
ptimer.c
recur.c
res.c
retr.c
safe-ctype.c
url.c
utils.c
version.c
xmalloc.c
: $(NETWORK_LIBS)
;

48
src/bin/network/wget/MAILING-LIST Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
-*- text -*-
WGET-RELATED MAILING LISTS
There are several mailing lists related to GNU Wget, all of them
hosted by dotsrc.org, previously known as SunSITE.dk.
wget@sunsite.dk:
The mailing list for users and developers. This is the preferred
place to post bug reports and suggestions, as well as discuss
development-related matters.
To post to the list, send mail to <wget@sunsite.dk>. To
subscribe, send mail to <wget-subscribe@sunsite.dk>.
NOTE: The list allows posts from non-subscribers. This is
intentional; I hate having to subscribe to a list only to ask a
single question. However, to protect the list members from spam,
non-subscribers must confirm messages they send to the list.
If you're not subscribed to the list and ask something, don't
forget to request that the responses be Cc'ed to you.
The list is archived at:
http://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/
http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.general
wget-patches@sunsite.dk:
The mailing list for patch submission. Please see the PATCHES
file for a detailed description of how to send patches to this
list.
This is list is also open to non-subscribers, but it is *not* a
discussion list. It only ever distribute patches and immediate
responses to a patch. If you wish to take very active part in
development, you might wish to subscribe to it anyway, and receive
the new patches. To do that, send mail to
<wget-patches-subscribe@sunsite.dk>.
The list is archived at:
http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches
As of this writing, the mail alias <bug-wget@gnu.org> is an alias for
<wget@sunsite.dk>.

189
src/bin/network/wget/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
# Makefile for `Wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
#
# Version: 1.10.2
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
top_builddir = .
srcdir = .
#
# User configuration section
#
#
# Install variables
#
prefix = /boot/home/config/wget/
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
infodir = ${prefix}/info
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
mandir = ${prefix}/man
manext = 1
localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale
CC = gcc
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wno-implicit
CPPFLAGS =
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
LIBS = -lsocket
LDFLAGS =
#
# End of user configuration section. There should be no need to change
# anything below this line.
#
DISTNAME = wget-1.10.2
RM = rm -f
# These are used for maintenance only, so they are safe without
# special autoconf cruft.
FIND = find
GZIP = gzip
TAR = tar
# flags passed to recursive makes in subdirectories
MAKEDEFS = CC='$(CC)' CPPFLAGS='$(CPPFLAGS)' DEFS='$(DEFS)' \
CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' LIBS='$(LIBS)' \
prefix='$(prefix)' exec_prefix='$(exec_prefix)' bindir='$(bindir)' \
infodir='$(infodir)' mandir='$(mandir)' manext='$(manext)'
# subdirectories in the distribution
SUBDIRS = src doc po util windows
# default target
all: src/config.h Makefile $(SUBDIRS)
check: all
$(SUBDIRS): FORCE
cd $@ && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS)
# install everything
install: install.bin install.info install.wgetrc \
install.mo install.man
# install/uninstall the binary
install.bin uninstall.bin:
cd src && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# install/uninstall the info/man pages
install.info uninstall.info install.man uninstall.man install.wgetrc:
cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# Install `.mo' files
install.mo:
cd po && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# Create configure.bat from configure.bat.in by DOS-ifying the lines.
# This is invoked by `make dist' and deleted by `make realclean' (not
# `make distclean' because we want to preserve it for distribution).
configure.bat: $(srcdir)/configure.bat.in
awk '{ print $$0 ($$0 ~ /\r$$/ ? "" : "\r") }' $< > $@
# create tag files for Emacs
TAGS:
cd src && $(MAKE) $@
dist: $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/configure.bat DISTFILES
mkdir $(DISTNAME)
for d in `$(FIND) . -type d ! -name CVS -a ! -name RCS -print`; do \
if [ "$$d" != "." -a "$$d" != "./$(DISTNAME)" ]; then \
mkdir $(DISTNAME)/$$d; \
fi; \
done
for f in `cat DISTFILES`; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f || \
{ echo copying $$f; cp -p $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f ; } \
done
(cd $(DISTNAME); $(MAKE) distclean)
$(TAR) chvf - $(DISTNAME) | $(GZIP) -c --best >$(DISTNAME).tar.gz
$(RM) -r $(DISTNAME)
$(RM) DISTFILES
DISTFILES: FORCE
rm -rf $(DISTNAME)
(cd $(srcdir); find . ! -type d -print) \
| sed '/\/\(CVS\|RCS\)\//d; /$@/d; /\.tar.*/d; s/^.\///; /^\.$$/d;' \
| sort | uniq > $@
#
# Cleanup dependencies
#
clean: clean-recursive clean-top
distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-top
realclean: realclean-recursive realclean-top
clean-top:
$(RM) *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz
distclean-top: clean-top
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.log config.cache libtool stamp-h
$(RM) -r autom4te.cache
realclean-top: distclean-top
$(RM) configure configure.bat
clean-recursive distclean-recursive realclean-recursive:
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $$target) || exit 1; \
done
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in
cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
# autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
$(srcdir)/src/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.in
@true; # running autoheader here breaks: cd $(srcdir) && autoheader
echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
src/config.h: stamp-h
stamp-h: src/config.h.in config.status
./config.status
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
./config.status
config.status: configure
./config.status --recheck
FORCE:

189
src/bin/network/wget/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
# Makefile for `Wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
#
# Version: @VERSION@
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
top_builddir = .
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
#
# User configuration section
#
#
# Install variables
#
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
infodir = @infodir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
mandir = @mandir@
manext = 1
localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale
CC = @CC@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
#
# End of user configuration section. There should be no need to change
# anything below this line.
#
DISTNAME = wget-@VERSION@
RM = rm -f
# These are used for maintenance only, so they are safe without
# special autoconf cruft.
FIND = find
GZIP = gzip
TAR = tar
# flags passed to recursive makes in subdirectories
MAKEDEFS = CC='$(CC)' CPPFLAGS='$(CPPFLAGS)' DEFS='$(DEFS)' \
CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' LIBS='$(LIBS)' \
prefix='$(prefix)' exec_prefix='$(exec_prefix)' bindir='$(bindir)' \
infodir='$(infodir)' mandir='$(mandir)' manext='$(manext)'
# subdirectories in the distribution
SUBDIRS = src doc po util windows
# default target
all: src/config.h Makefile $(SUBDIRS)
check: all
$(SUBDIRS): FORCE
cd $@ && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS)
# install everything
install: install.bin install.info install.wgetrc \
install.mo @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
# install/uninstall the binary
install.bin uninstall.bin:
cd src && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# install/uninstall the info/man pages
install.info uninstall.info install.man uninstall.man install.wgetrc:
cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# Install `.mo' files
install.mo:
cd po && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
# Create configure.bat from configure.bat.in by DOS-ifying the lines.
# This is invoked by `make dist' and deleted by `make realclean' (not
# `make distclean' because we want to preserve it for distribution).
configure.bat: $(srcdir)/configure.bat.in
awk '{ print $$0 ($$0 ~ /\r$$/ ? "" : "\r") }' $< > $@
# create tag files for Emacs
TAGS:
cd src && $(MAKE) $@
dist: $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/configure.bat DISTFILES
mkdir $(DISTNAME)
for d in `$(FIND) . -type d ! -name CVS -a ! -name RCS -print`; do \
if [ "$$d" != "." -a "$$d" != "./$(DISTNAME)" ]; then \
mkdir $(DISTNAME)/$$d; \
fi; \
done
for f in `cat DISTFILES`; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f || \
{ echo copying $$f; cp -p $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f ; } \
done
(cd $(DISTNAME); $(MAKE) distclean)
$(TAR) chvf - $(DISTNAME) | $(GZIP) -c --best >$(DISTNAME).tar.gz
$(RM) -r $(DISTNAME)
$(RM) DISTFILES
DISTFILES: FORCE
rm -rf $(DISTNAME)
(cd $(srcdir); find . ! -type d -print) \
| sed '/\/\(CVS\|RCS\)\//d; /$@/d; /\.tar.*/d; s/^.\///; /^\.$$/d;' \
| sort | uniq > $@
#
# Cleanup dependencies
#
clean: clean-recursive clean-top
distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-top
realclean: realclean-recursive realclean-top
clean-top:
$(RM) *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz
distclean-top: clean-top
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.log config.cache libtool stamp-h
$(RM) -r autom4te.cache
realclean-top: distclean-top
$(RM) configure configure.bat
clean-recursive distclean-recursive realclean-recursive:
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $$target) || exit 1; \
done
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in
cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
# autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
$(srcdir)/src/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.in
@true; # running autoheader here breaks: cd $(srcdir) && autoheader
echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
src/config.h: stamp-h
stamp-h: src/config.h.in config.status
./config.status
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
./config.status
config.status: configure
./config.status --recheck
FORCE:

564
src/bin/network/wget/NEWS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
GNU Wget NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
See the end for copying conditions.
Please send GNU Wget bug reports to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.
* Wget 1.10.1 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.10.
** Downloading files larger than 2GB, sometimes referred to as "large
files", now works on systems that support them. This includes the
majority of modern Unixes, as well as MS Windows.
** IPv6 is now supported by Wget. Unlike the experimental code in
1.9, this version supports dual-family systems. The new flags
`--inet4' and `--inet6' (or `-4' and `-6' for short) force the use of
IPv4 and IPv6 respectively. Note that IPv6 support has not yet been
tested on Windows.
** Microsoft's proprietary "NTLM" method of HTTP authentication is now
supported. This authentication method is undocumented and only used
by IIS. Note that *proxy* authentication is not supported in this
release; you can only authenticate to the target web site.
** Wget no longer truncates partially downloaded files when download
has to start over because the server doesn't support Range. Instead,
with such servers Wget now simply ignores the data up to the byte
where the last attempt left off, and only then continues appending to
the file. That way the downloaded file never shrinks, and download
retries from servers without support for partial downloads work even
when downloading to stdout.
** SSL/TLS changes:
*** SSL/TLS downloads now attempt to verify the server's certificate
against the recognized certificate authorities. This requires CA
certificates to have been installed in a location visible to the
OpenSSL library. If this is not the case, you can get the bundle
yourself from a source you trust (for example, the bundle extracted
from Mozilla available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/caextract.html),
and point Wget to the PEM file using the `--ca-certificate'
command-line option or the corresponding `.wgetrc' command.
*** Secure downloads now verify that the host name in the URL matches
the "common name" in the certificate presented by the server.
*** Although the above checks provide more secure downloads, they
unavoidably break interoperability with some sites that worked with
previous versions, particularly those using self-signed, expired, or
otherwise invalid certificates. If you encounter "certificate
verification" errors or complaints that "common name doesn't match
requested host name" and are convinced of the site's authenticity, you
can use `--no-check-certificate' to bypass both checks.
*** Talking to SSL/TLS servers over proxies now actually works.
Previous versions of Wget erroneously sent GET requests for https
URLs. Wget 1.10 utilizes the CONNECT method designed for this
purpose.
*** The SSL/TLS-related options have been redesigned and, for the
first time, documented in the manual. The old, undocumented, options
are no longer supported.
** Passive FTP is now the default FTP transfer mode. Use
`--no-passive-ftp' or specify `passive_ftp = off' in your init file to
revert to the old behavior.
** The `--header' option can now be used to override generated
headers. For example, `wget --header="Host: foo.bar"
http://127.0.0.1' tells Wget to connect to localhost, but to specify
"foo.bar" in the `Host' header. In previous versions such use of
`--header' lead to duplicate headers in HTTP requests.
** The responses without headers, aka "HTTP 0.9" responses, are
detected and handled. Although HTTP 0.9 has long been obsolete, it is
still occasionally used, sometimes by accident.
** The progress bar is now updated regularly even when the data does
not arrive from the network.
** Wget no longer preserves permissions of files retrieved by FTP by
default. Anonymous FTP servers frequently use permissions like "664",
which might not be what the user wants. The new option
`--preserve-permissions' and the corresponding `.wgetrc' variable can
be used to revert to the old behavior.
** The new option `--protocol-directories' instructs Wget to also use
the protocol name as a directory component of local file names.
** Options that previously unconditionally set or unset various flags
are now boolean options that can be invoked as either `--OPTION' or
`--no-OPTION'. Options that required an argument "on" or "off" have
also been changed this way, but they still accept the old syntax for
backward compatibility. For example, instead of `--glob=off' you can
write `--no-glob'.
Allowing `--no-OPTION' for every `--OPTION' and the other way around
is useful because it allows the user to override non-default behavior
specified via `.wgetrc'.
** The new option `--keep-session-cookies' causes `--save-cookies' to
save session cookies (normally only kept in memory) along with the
permanent ones. This is useful because many sites track important
information, such as whether the user has authenticated, in session
cookies. With this option multiple Wget runs are treated as a single
browser session.
** Wget now supports the --ftp-user and --ftp-password command
switches to set username and password for FTP, and the --user and
--password command switches to set username and password for both FTP
and HTTP. The --http-passwd and --proxy-passwd command switches have
been renamed to --http-password and --proxy-password respectively, and
the related http_passwd and proxy_passwd .wgetrc commands to
http_password and proxy_password respectively. The login and passwd
.wgetrc commands have been deprecated.
* `wget -b' now works correctly under Windows.
* Wget 1.9.1 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.9.
** It is now possible to specify that POST method be used for HTTP
requests. For example, `wget --post-data="id=foo&data=bar" URL' will
send a POST request with the specified contents.
** IPv6 support is available, although it's still experimental.
** The `--timeout' option now also affects DNS lookup and establishing
the TCP connection. Previously it only affected reading and writing
data. Those three timeouts can be set separately using
`--dns-timeout', `--connection-timeout', and `--read-timeout',
respectively.
** Download speed shown by the progress bar is based on the data
recently read, rather than the average speed of the entire download.
The ETA projection is still based on the overall average.
** It is now possible to connect to FTP servers through FWTK
firewalls. Set ftp_proxy to an FTP URL, and Wget will automatically
log on to the proxy as "username@host".
** The new option `--retry-connrefused' makes Wget retry downloads
even in the face of refused connections, which are otherwise
considered a fatal error.
** The new option `--no-dns-cache' may be used to prevent Wget from
caching DNS lookups.
** Wget no longer escapes characters in local file names based on
whether they're appropriate in URLs. Escaping can still occur for
nonprintable characters or for '/', but no longer for frequent
characters such as space. You can use the new option
--restrict-file-names to relax or strengthen these rules, which can be
useful if you dislike the default or if you're downloading to
non-native partitions.
** Handling of HTML comments has been dumbed down to conform to what
users expect and other browsers do: instead of being treated as SGML
declaration, a comment is terminated at the first occurrence of "-->".
Use `--strict-comments' to revert to the old behavior.
** Wget now correctly handles relative URIs that begin with "//", such
as "//img.foo.com/foo.jpg".
** Boolean options in `.wgetrc' and on the command line now accept
values "yes" and "no" along with the traditional "on" and "off".
** It is now possible to specify decimal values for timeouts, waiting
periods, and download rate. For instance, `--wait=0.5' now works as
expected, as does `--dns-timeout=0.5' and even `--limit-rate=2.5k'.
* Wget 1.8.2 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Wget 1.8.1 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.8.
** A new progress indicator is now available and used by default.
You can choose the progress bar type with `--progress=TYPE'. Two
types are available, "bar" (the new default), and "dot" (the old
dotted indicator). You can permanently revert to the old progress
indicator by putting `progress = dot' in your `.wgetrc'.
** You can limit the download rate of the retrieval using the
`--limit-rate' option. For example, `wget --limit-rate=15k URL' will
tell Wget not to download the body of the URL faster than 15 kilobytes
per second.
** Recursive retrieval and link conversion have been revamped:
*** Wget now traverses links breadth-first. This makes the
calculation of depth much more reliable than before. Also, recursive
downloads are faster and consume *significantly* less memory than
before.
*** Links are converted only when the entire retrieval is complete.
This is the only safe thing to do, as only then is it known what URLs
have been downloaded.
*** BASE tags are handled correctly when converting links. Since Wget
already resolves <base href="..."> when resolving handling URLs, link
conversion now makes the BASE tags point to an empty string.
*** HTML anchors are now handled correctly. Links to an anchor in the
same document (<a href="#anchorname">), which used to confuse Wget,
are now converted correctly.
*** When in page-requisites (-p) mode, no-parent (-np) is ignored when
retrieving for inline images, stylesheets, and other documents needed
to display the page.
*** Page-requisites (-p) mode now works with frames. In other words,
`wget -p URL-THAT-USES-FRAMES' will now download the frame HTML files,
and all the files that they need to be displayed properly.
** `--base' now works conjunction with `--input-file', providing a
base for each URL and thereby allowing the URLs in the file to be
relative.
** If a host has more than one IP address, Wget uses the other
addresses when accessing the first one fails.
** Host directories now contain port information if the URL is at a
non-standard port.
** Wget now supports the robots.txt directives specified in
<http://www.robotstxt.org/wc/norobots-rfc.txt>.
** URL parser has been fixed, especially the infamous overzealous
quoting. Wget no longer dequotes reserved characters, e.g. `%3F' is
no longer translated to `?', nor `%2B' to `+'. Unsafe characters
which are not reserved are still escaped, of course.
** No more than 20 successive redirections are allowed.
* Wget 1.7.1 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.7.
** SSL (`https') pages now work if you compile Wget with SSL support;
use the `--with-ssl' configure flag. You need to have OpenSSL
installed.
** Cookies are now supported. Wget will accept cookies sent by the
server and return them in later requests. Additionally, it can load
and save cookies to disk, in the same format that Netscape uses.
** "Keep-alive" (persistent) HTTP connections are now supported.
Using keep-alive allows Wget to share one TCP/IP connection for
many retrievals, making multiple-file downloads faster and less
stressing for the server and the network.
** Wget now recognizes FTP directory listings generated by NT and VMS
servers.
** It is now possible to recurse through FTP sites where logging in
puts you in some directory other than '/'.
** You may now use `~' to mean home directory in `.wgetrc'. For
example, `load_cookies = ~/.netscape/cookies.txt' works as you would
expect.
** The HTML parser has been rewritten. The new one works more
reliably, allows finer-grained control over which tags and attributes
are detected, and has better support for some features like correctly
skipping comments and declarations, decoding entities, etc. It is
also more general.
** <meta name="robots"> tags are now respected.
** Wget's internal tables now use hash tables instead of linked lists
where appropriate. This results in huge speedups when retrieving
large sites (thousands of documents).
** Wget now has a man page, automatically generated from the Texinfo
documentation. (The last version that shipped with a man page was
1.4.5). To get this, you need to have pod2man from the Perl
distribution installed on your system.
* Changes in Wget 1.6
** Administrative changes.
*** Maintainership. Due to Hrvoje being plagued with a "real job",
Dan Harkless is the most active maintainer (not that he doesn't have a
real job as well). Hrvoje still participates occasionally, and both
are being helped by many other people.
*** Web page. Thanks to Jan Prikryl, Wget has an "official" web page.
Take a look at:
http://sunsite.dk/wget/
*** Anonymous CVS. Thanks to ever-helpful Karsten Thygesen, Wget
sources are now available at an anonymous CVS server. Take a look at
the web page for downloading instructions.
** New -K / --backup-converted / backup_converted = on option causes files
modified due to -k to be saved with a .orig prefix before being changed. When
using -N as well, it is these .orig files that are compared against the server.
** New --follow-tags / follow_tags = ... option allows you to restrict
Wget to following only certain HTML tags when doing a recursive
retrieval. -G / --ignore-tags / ignore_tags = ... is just the
opposite -- all tags but the ones you specify will be followed.
** New --waitretry / waitretry = SECONDS option allows waiting between retries
of failed downloads. Wget will use "linear" backoff, waiting 1 second after the
first failure, 2 after the second, up to SECONDS. waitretry is set to 10 by
default in the system wgetrc.
** New -p / --page-requisites / page_requisites = on option causes
Wget to download all ancillary files necessary to display a given HTML
page properly (e.g. inlined images).
** New -E / --html-extension / html_extension = on option causes Wget
to append ".html" to text/html filenames not ending in regexp
"\.[Hh][Tt][Mm][Ll]?".
** New type of .wgetrc command -- "lockable Boolean". Can be set to on, off,
always, or never. This allows the .wgetrc to override the commandline. So far,
passive_ftp is the only .wgetrc command which takes a lockable Boolean.
** A number of new translation files have been added.
** New --bind-address / bind_address = <address> option for people on hosts
bound to multiple IP addresses.
** wget now accepts (illegal per HTTP spec) relative URLs in HTTP redirects.
* Wget 1.5.3 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Wget 1.5.2 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Wget 1.5.1 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.5.0
** Wget speaks many languages!
On systems with gettext(), Wget will output messages in the language
set by the current locale, if available. At this time we support
Czech, German, Croatian, Italian, Norwegian and Portuguese.
** Opie (Skey) is now supported with FTP.
** HTTP Digest Access Authentication (RFC2069) is now supported.
** The new `-b' option makes Wget go to background automatically.
** The `-I' and `-X' options now accept wildcard arguments.
** The `-w' option now accepts suffixes `s' for seconds, `m' for
minutes, `h' for hours, `d' for days and `w' for weeks.
** Upon getting SIGHUP, the whole previous log is now copied to
`wget-log'.
** Wget now understands proxy settings with explicit usernames and
passwords, e.g. `http://user:password@proxy.foo.com/'.
** You can use the new `--cut-dirs' option to make Wget create less
directories.
** The `;type=a' appendix to FTP URLs is now recognized. For
instance, the following command will retrieve the welcoming message in
ASCII type transfer:
wget "ftp://ftp.somewhere.com/welcome.msg;type=a"
** `--help' and `--version' options have been redone to to conform to
standards set by other GNU utilities.
** Wget should now be compilable under MS Windows environment. MS
Visual C++ and Watcom C have been used successfully.
** If the file length is known, percentages are displayed during
download.
** The manual page, now hopelessly out of date, is no longer
distributed with Wget.
* Wget 1.4.5 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Wget 1.4.4 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Wget 1.4.3
** Wget is now a GNU utility.
** Can do passive FTP.
** Reads .netrc.
** Info documentation expanded.
** Compiles on pre-ANSI compilers.
** Global wgetrc now goes to /usr/local/etc (i.e. $sysconfdir).
** Lots of bugfixes.
* Changes in Wget 1.4.2
** New mirror site at ftp://sunsite.auc.dk/pub/infosystems/wget/,
thanks to Karsten Thygesen.
** Mailing list! Mail to wget-request@sunsite.auc.dk to subscribe.
** New option --delete-after for proxy prefetching.
** New option --retr-symlinks to retrieve symbolic links like plain
files.
** rmold.pl -- script to remove files deleted on the remote server
** --convert-links should work now.
** Minor bugfixes.
* Changes in Wget 1.4.1
** Minor bugfixes.
** Added -I (the opposite of -X).
** Dot tracing is now customizable; try wget --dot-style=binary
* Changes in Wget 1.4.0
** Wget 1.4.0 [formerly known as Geturl] is an extensive rewrite of
Geturl. Although many things look suspiciously similar, most of the
stuff was rewritten, like recursive retrieval, HTTP, FTP and mostly
everything else. Wget should be now easier to debug, maintain and,
most importantly, use.
** Recursive HTTP should now work without glitches, even with Location
changes, server-generated directory listings and other naughty stuff.
** HTTP regetting is supported on servers that support Range
specification. WWW authorization is supported -- try
wget http://user:password@hostname/
** FTP support was rewritten and widely enhanced. Globbing should now
work flawlessly. Symbolic links are created locally. All the
information the Unix-style ls listing can give is now recognized.
** Recursive FTP is supported, e.g.
wget -r ftp://gnjilux.cc.fer.hr/pub/unix/util/
** You can specify "rejected" directories, to which you do not want to
enter, e.g. with wget -X /pub
** Time-stamping is supported, with both HTTP and FTP. Try wget -N URL.
** A new texinfo reference manual is provided. It can be read with
Emacs, standalone info, or converted to HTML, dvi or postscript.
** Fixed a long-standing bug, so that Wget now works over SLIP
connections.
** You can have a system-wide wgetrc (/usr/local/lib/wgetrc by
default). Settings in $HOME/.wgetrc override the global ones, of
course :-)
** You can set up quota in .wgetrc to prevent sucking too much
data. Try `quota = 5M' in .wgetrc (or quota = 100K if you want your
sysadmin to like you).
** Download rate is printed after retrieval.
** Wget now sends the `Referer' header when retrieving
recursively.
** With the new --no-parent option Wget can retrieve FTP recursively
through a proxy server.
** HTML parser, as well as the whole of Wget was rewritten to be much
faster and less memory-consuming (yes, both).
** Absolute links can be converted to relative links locally. Check
wget -k.
** Wget catches hangup, filtering the output to a log file and
resuming work. Try kill -HUP %?wget.
** User-defined headers can be sent. Try
wget http://fly.cc.her.hr/ --header='Accept-Charset: iso-8859-2'
** Acceptance/Rejection lists may contain wildcards.
** Wget can display HTTP headers and/or FTP server response with the
new `-S' option. It can save the original HTTP headers with `-s'.
** socks library is now supported (thanks to Antonio Rosella
<Antonio.Rosella@agip.it>). Configure with --with-socks.
** There is a nicer display of REST-ed output.
** Many new options (like -x to force directory hierarchy, or -m to
turn on mirroring options).
** Wget is now distributed under GNU General Public License (GPL).
** Lots of small features I can't remember. :-)
** A host of bugfixes.
* Changes in Geturl 1.3
** Added FTP globbing support (ftp://fly.cc.fer.hr/*)
** Added support for no_proxy
** Added support for ftp://user:password@host/
** Added support for %xx in URL syntax
** More natural command-line options
** Added -e switch to execute .geturlrc commands from the command-line
** Added support for robots.txt
** Fixed some minor bugs
* Geturl 1.2 is a bugfix release with no user-visible changes.
* Changes in Geturl 1.1
** REST supported in FTP
** Proxy servers supported
** GNU getopt used, which enables command-line arguments to be ordered
as you wish, e.g. geturl http://fly.cc.fer.hr/ -vo log is the same as
geturl -vo log http://fly.cc.fer.hr/
** Netscape-compatible URL syntax for HTTP supported: host[:port]/dir/file
** NcFTP-compatible colon URL syntax for FTP supported: host:/dir/file
** <base href="xxx"> supported
** autoconf supported
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright information:
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim
copies of this document as received, in any medium, provided that
the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved, thus
giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Permission is granted to distribute modified versions of this
document, or of portions of it, under the above conditions,
provided also that they carry prominent notices stating who last
changed them.

160
src/bin/network/wget/PATCHES Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
* Guidelines for patch submissions.
===================================
** What is a patch?
-------------------
A patch file, also known as a "diff", is a textual representation of
changes to source code. Patches are readable enough to be reviewed by
humans and at the same time regular enough to be processed by
programs. The `patch' utility is used to change the source code in
the manner that the patch describes, this being called "applying" the
patch. Patches work even on files that have been modified
independently of the modifications in the patch, as long as those
other changes do not conflict with the patch.
Because of these properties, patches are the preferred means of
distributing the changes to a free software project. If you have made
a change to Wget and would like to contribute it, you will need to
create a patch and send it to the developers; please read on.
** Where to send the patches.
-----------------------------
Patches intended to be applied to Wget should be mailed to
<wget-patches@sunsite.dk>. Each patch will be reviewed by the
developers, and will be acked and added to the distribution, or
rejected with an explanation. Unfortunately, the developers are often
busy with their day jobs, so the review process can take a while.
If you want to discuss your patch with the community of Wget users and
developers, it is OK to send it to the main list at <wget@sunsite.dk>.
If the patch is really huge (more than 100K or so), you may want to
put it on the web and post the URL.
EVERY patch should be accompanied by an explanation of what the patch
changes, and why the change is desirable or necessary. The
explanation need not be long, but please don't just send a patch
without any accompanying text.
Normally, a patch can be just inserted into the message, after the
explanation and the ChangeLog entry. However, if your mail composer
or gateway is inclined to munge patches, e.g. by wrapping long lines,
please send them out as a MIME attachment. It is important that the
patch survives the travel unchanged so that we can feed it to the
`patch' utility after reviewing it.
** How to create patches.
-------------------------
First, please make sure that you are working with the latest version
of the source -- changing obsolete code is a waste of time. Working
on the latest release is acceptable in most cases, but it is better
yet to download the very latest sources from the public Subversionn
server and work on those. The web page at
<http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/> explains how to get the source
code from the repository.
Patches are created using the `diff' program. When making patches,
please use the `-u' option, or if your diff doesn't support it, `-c'.
Ordinary (context-free) diffs are notoriously prone to errors, since
line numbers tend to change when others make changes to the same
source file.
In the general case, `diff' is used like this:
diff -u ORIGFILE CHANGEDFILE > patch.txt
Also, it is helpful if you create the patch in the top level of
the Wget source directory. For example:
cp src/http.c src/http.c.orig
... modify src/http.c ....
diff -u src/http.c.orig src/http.c > patch.txt
If your patch changes more than one file, feel free to simply
concatenate the diffs of different files into a large diff:
(diff -u foo.orig foo; diff -u bar.orig bar) > patch.txt
The alternative is to leave the unchanged source lying around and use
the `-r' option to compare entire directories:
diff -ru wget-1.9.orig wget-1.9 > patch.txt
If you do that, please be careful not to include the differences to
automatically generated files, such as `.info*'.
If you are using Subversion, generating diffs is even simpler -- after
changing the files, all you need to do is run the following command
from Wget's top-level directory:
svn diff > patch.txt
If you run on Windows and don't have `diff' handy, please obtain it.
It's extremely hard to review changes to files unless they're in the
form of a patch. If you really cannot use a variant of `diff', then
mail us the whole new file and indicate which version of Wget you
changed; that way we will be able to generate the diff ourselves.
Finally, if your changes introduce new files, or if they change the
old files past all recognition (e.g. by completely reimplementing the
old stuff), sending a patch might not make sense. In that case, just
attach the files along with an explanation of what is being changed.
** Standards and coding style.
------------------------------
Wget abides by the GNU coding standards, available at:
http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards.html
I consider perhaps the most important single point in that entire
document to be the "no arbitrary limits" rule. Even where Wget's
coding is less than exemplary, it respects that rule. There should be
no exceptions.
Here is a short recap of the GNU formatting and naming conventions,
partly borrowed from XEmacs:
* Put a space after every comma.
* Put a space before the parenthesis that begins a function call,
macro call, function declaration or definition, or control
statement (if, while, switch, for). (DO NOT do this for macro
definitions; this is invalid preprocessor syntax.)
* The brace that begins a control statement (if, while, for, switch,
do) or a function definition should go on a line by itself.
* In function definitions, put the return type and all other
qualifiers on a line before the function name. Thus, the function
name is always at the beginning of a line.
* Indentation level is two spaces. (However, the first and
following statements of a while/for/if/etc. block are indented
four spaces from the while/for/if keyword. The opening and
closing braces are indented two spaces.)
* Variable and function names should be all lowercase, with
underscores separating words, except for a prefixing tag, which may
be in uppercase. Do not use the mixed-case convention (e.g.
SetVariableToValue ()) and *especially* do not use Microsoft
Hungarian notation (char **rgszRedundantTag).
* Preprocessor constants and enumerations should be all uppercase,
and should be prefixed with a tag that groups related constants
together.
** ChangeLog policy.
--------------------
Each patch should be accompanied by an update to the appropriate
ChangeLog file. Please don't mail diffs of ChangeLog files because
they have an extremely high rate of failure; just mail us the new
entries you added to the ChangeLog. Patches without a ChangeLog entry
will be accepted, but this creates additional work for the
maintainers, so please do take the time to write one.
Guidelines for writing ChangeLog entries are also governed by the GNU
coding standards, under the "Change Logs" section.

89
src/bin/network/wget/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
-*- text -*-
GNU Wget
========
Current Web home: http://wget.sunsite.dk/
GNU Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from
the Web. It supports HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP protocols, as well as
retrieval through HTTP proxies.
It can follow links in HTML pages and create local versions of remote
web sites, fully recreating the directory structure of the original
site. This is sometimes referred to as "recursive downloading."
While doing that, Wget respects the Robot Exclusion Standard
(/robots.txt). Wget can be instructed to convert the links in
downloaded HTML files to the local files for offline viewing.
Recursive downloading also works with FTP, where Wget can retrieves a
hierarchy of directories and files.
With both HTTP and FTP, Wget can check whether a remote file has
changed on the server since the previous run, and only download the
newer files.
Wget has been designed for robustness over slow or unstable network
connections; if a download fails due to a network problem, it will
keep retrying until the whole file has been retrieved. If the server
supports regetting, it will instruct the server to continue the
download from where it left off.
If you are behind a firewall that requires the use of a socks style
gateway, you can get the socks library and compile wget with support
for socks.
Most of the features are configurable, either through command-line
options, or via initialization file .wgetrc. Wget allows you to
install a global startup file (/usr/local/etc/wgetrc by default) for
site settings.
Wget works under almost all Unix variants in use today and, unlike
many of its historical predecessors, is written entirely in C, thus
requiring no additional software, such as Perl. The external software
it does work with, such as OpenSSL, is optional. As Wget uses the GNU
Autoconf, it is easily built on and ported to new Unix-like systems.
The installation procedure is described in the INSTALL file.
As with other GNU software, the latest version of Wget can be found at
the master GNU archive site ftp.gnu.org, and its mirrors. Wget
resides at <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/wget/>.
Please report bugs in Wget to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.
See the file `MAILING-LIST' for information about Wget mailing lists.
Wget's home page is temporarily at <http://wget.sunsite.dk/>. It is
being migrated to <http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>, where will be
its permanent home.
MAINTAINER: Mauro Tortonesi <mauro@ferrara.linux.it>
Wget was originally written by Hrvoje Niksic. Please see the file
AUTHORS for a list of major contributors, and the ChangeLogs for a
detailed listing of all contributions.
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
so, delete this exception statement from your version.

28
src/bin/network/wget/README.checkout Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
Important note:
To reduce bandwidth and needless updates, the Subversion tree does not
contain automatically-generated files, even when those files are
normally present in the distribution tarballs.
Therefore, if you're building from the sources obtained via
Subversion, you'll need to have at least GNU Autoconf (2.59 or newer)
installed on your system. To generate the Info documentation, you
will need the GNU Texinfo package. Those packages are available from
<ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/<package>/> and its mirrors, listed at
<http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html>.
In case you aren't used to running autoconf manually to generate the
necessary configure script, a script called autogen.sh has been
provided, and may be invoked using `./autogen.sh'. Once the script
has completed, the configure script will reside in the current
directory and you can proceed to build Wget as described in the
`INSTALL' file.
To summarize, once you've checked out wget from the Subversion
repository, the commands you'll execute will be as follows (barring
any extra options to `configure' or to `make'):
cd wget
./autogen.sh
./configure
make

92
src/bin/network/wget/TODO Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
Hey Emacs, this is -*- outline -*- mode
This is the to-do list for GNU Wget. There is no timetable of when we
plan to implement these features -- this is just a list of features
we'd like to see in Wget, as well as a list of problems that need
fixing. Patches to implement these items are likely to be accepted,
especially if they follow the coding convention outlined in PATCHES
and if they patch the documentation as well.
The items are not listed in any particular order (except that
recently-added items may tend towards the top). Not all of these
represent user-visible changes.
* Honor `Content-Disposition: XXX; filename="FILE"' when creating the
file name. If possible, try not to break `-nc' and friends when
doing that.
* Wget shouldn't delete rejected files that were not downloaded, but
just found on disk because of `-nc'. For example, `wget -r -nc
-A.gif URL' should allow the user to get all the GIFs without
removing any of the existing HTML files.
* Be careful not to lose username/password information given for the
URL on the command line.
* Add a --range parameter allowing you to explicitly specify a range
of bytes to get from a file over HTTP (FTP only supports ranges
ending at the end of the file, though forcibly disconnecting from
the server at the desired endpoint might be workable).
* If multiple FTP URLs are specified that are on the same host, Wget should
re-use the connection rather than opening a new one for each file.
* Try to devise a scheme so that, when password is unknown, Wget asks
the user for one.
* If -c used with -N, check to make sure a file hasn't changed on the server
before "continuing" to download it (preventing a bogus hybrid file).
* Generalize --html-extension to something like --mime-extensions and
have it look at mime.types/mimecap file for preferred extension.
Non-HTML files with filenames changed this way would be
re-downloaded each time despite -N unless .orig files were saved for
them. Since .orig would contain the same data as non-.orig, the
latter could be just a link to the former. Another possibility
would be to implement a per-directory database called something like
.wget_url_mapping containing URLs and their corresponding filenames.
* When spanning hosts, there's no way to say that you are only interested in
files in a certain directory on _one_ of the hosts (-I and -X apply to all).
Perhaps -I and -X should take an optional hostname before the directory?
* --retr-symlinks should cause wget to traverse links to directories too.
* Make wget return non-zero status in more situations, like incorrect HTTP auth.
* Make -K compare X.orig to X and move the former on top of the latter if
they're the same, rather than leaving identical .orig files laying around.
* Make `-k' check for files that were downloaded in the past and convert links
to them in newly-downloaded documents.
* Add option to clobber existing file names (no `.N' suffixes).
* Add option to only list wildcard matches without doing the download.
* Handle MIME types correctly. There should be an option to (not)
retrieve files based on MIME types, e.g. `--accept-types=image/*'.
* Allow time-stamping by arbitrary date.
* Allow size limit to files (perhaps with an option to download oversize files
up through the limit or not at all, to get more functionality than [u]limit.
* Download to .in* when mirroring.
* Add an option to delete or move no-longer-existent files when mirroring.
* Implement uploading (--upload URL?) in FTP and HTTP.
* Rewrite FTP code to allow for easy addition of new commands. It
should probably be coded as a simple DFA engine.
* Make HTTP timestamping use If-Modified-Since facility.
* Add more protocols (e.g. gopher and news), implementing them in a
modular fashion.
* Add a "rollback" option to have continued retrieval throw away a
configurable number of bytes at the end of a file before resuming
download. Apparently, some stupid proxies insert a "transfer
interrupted" string we need to get rid of.

37
src/bin/network/wget/autogen.sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
#!/bin/sh -x
# The (trivial) script for preparing the sources following the
# checkout from version control.
# Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
autoheader
autoconf
# We intentionally don't invoke configure and make because we don't
# know where the user wants to run the configuration, nor with which
# arguments. That is entirely up to the user.

1499
src/bin/network/wget/config.guess vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3456
src/bin/network/wget/config.log Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

571
src/bin/network/wget/config.rpath Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
darwin*)
case "$cc_basename" in
xlc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
newsos6)
;;
linux*)
case $cc_basename in
icc* | ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
esac
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris* | sysv5*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
linux*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
hardcode_direct=yes
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
:
else
case "$cc_basename" in
xlc*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10* | hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
case "$host_cpu" in
hppa*64*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=no
;;
ia64*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=no
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4.2uw2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=no
;;
sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
;;
sysv5*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
;;
amigaos*)
;;
beos*)
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
shrext=.dll
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
;;
dgux*)
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
kfreebsd*-gnu)
;;
freebsd*)
;;
gnu*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case "$host_cpu" in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux*)
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
;;
netbsd*)
;;
newsos6)
;;
nto-qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
;;
sunos4*)
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1230
src/bin/network/wget/config.status Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1577
src/bin/network/wget/config.sub vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

13252
src/bin/network/wget/configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

80
src/bin/network/wget/configure.bat Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
@echo off
rem Configure batch file for `Wget' utility
rem Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
rem This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
rem it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
rem the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
rem (at your option) any later version.
rem This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
rem but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
rem MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
rem GNU General Public License for more details.
rem You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
rem along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
rem Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
rem In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
rem gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
rem OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
rem that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
rem the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
rem in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
rem modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
rem file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
rem so, delete this exception statement from your version.
if .%1 == .--borland goto :borland
if .%1 == .--mingw goto :mingw
if .%1 == .--msvc goto :msvc
if .%1 == .--watcom goto :watcom
goto :usage
:msvc
copy windows\config.h.ms src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type NMAKE to start compiling.
echo If it doesn't work, try executing MSDEV\BIN\VCVARS32.BAT first,
echo and then NMAKE.
goto :end
:borland
copy windows\config.h.bor src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top.bor Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src.bor src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type MAKE to start compiling.
goto :end
:mingw
copy windows\config.h.mingw src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top.mingw Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src.mingw src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type mingw32-make to start compiling.
goto :end
:watcom
copy windows\config.h.ms src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.watcom src\Makefile > nul
@echo Checking environment vars
@set INCLUDE | find /I "WATCOM"
@set LIB | find /I "WATCOM"
@echo If WATCOM directories were not displayed, you need to
@echo SET INCLUDE and SET LIB to the Watcom directories
@echo.
cd src
@echo Type WMAKE to build
goto :end
:usage
echo "Usage: configure [--borland | --mingw | --msvc | --watcom]"
:end

80
src/bin/network/wget/configure.bat.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
@echo off
rem Configure batch file for `Wget' utility
rem Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
rem This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
rem it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
rem the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
rem (at your option) any later version.
rem This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
rem but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
rem MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
rem GNU General Public License for more details.
rem You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
rem along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
rem Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
rem In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
rem gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
rem OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
rem that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
rem the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
rem in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
rem modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
rem file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
rem so, delete this exception statement from your version.
if .%1 == .--borland goto :borland
if .%1 == .--mingw goto :mingw
if .%1 == .--msvc goto :msvc
if .%1 == .--watcom goto :watcom
goto :usage
:msvc
copy windows\config.h.ms src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type NMAKE to start compiling.
echo If it doesn't work, try executing MSDEV\BIN\VCVARS32.BAT first,
echo and then NMAKE.
goto :end
:borland
copy windows\config.h.bor src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top.bor Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src.bor src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type MAKE to start compiling.
goto :end
:mingw
copy windows\config.h.mingw src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.top.mingw Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.src.mingw src\Makefile > nul
copy windows\Makefile.doc doc\Makefile > nul
echo Type mingw32-make to start compiling.
goto :end
:watcom
copy windows\config.h.ms src\config.h > nul
copy windows\Makefile.watcom src\Makefile > nul
@echo Checking environment vars
@set INCLUDE | find /I "WATCOM"
@set LIB | find /I "WATCOM"
@echo If WATCOM directories were not displayed, you need to
@echo SET INCLUDE and SET LIB to the Watcom directories
@echo.
cd src
@echo Type WMAKE to build
goto :end
:usage
echo "Usage: configure [--borland | --mingw | --msvc | --watcom]"
:end

480
src/bin/network/wget/configure.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf
dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
dnl Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version.
dnl
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
dnl
AC_INIT([src/version.c])
AC_PREREQ(2.59)
dnl Include the M4 macros we use.
builtin(include, [m4/wget.m4])dnl
builtin(include, [m4/lib-ld.m4])dnl
builtin(include, [m4/lib-link.m4])dnl
builtin(include, [m4/lib-prefix.m4])dnl
dnl
dnl What version of Wget are we building?
dnl
VERSION=`sed -e 's/^.*"\(.*\)";$/\1/' ${srcdir}/src/version.c`
AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $VERSION])
AC_SUBST(VERSION)
PACKAGE=wget
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
dnl
dnl Get cannonical host
dnl
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os",
[Define to be the name of the operating system.])
dnl
dnl Process features.
dnl
AC_ARG_WITH(ssl,
[[ --without-ssl disable SSL autodetection]])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(opie,
[ --disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login],
ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval, ENABLE_OPIE=yes)
test x"${ENABLE_OPIE}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], 1,
[Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in.])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(digest,
[ --disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization],
ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval, ENABLE_DIGEST=yes)
test x"${ENABLE_DIGEST}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], 1,
[Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ntlm,
[ --disable-ntlm disable support for NTLM authorization],
[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval], [ENABLE_NTLM=auto])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
[ --disable-debug disable support for debugging output],
ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval, ENABLE_DEBUG=yes)
test x"${ENABLE_DEBUG}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], 1,
[Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.])
wget_need_md5=no
case "${ENABLE_OPIE}${ENABLE_DIGEST}" in
*yes*)
wget_need_md5=yes
esac
if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then
OPIE_OBJ='ftp-opie$o'
fi
AC_SUBST(OPIE_OBJ)
dnl
dnl Whether make sets $(MAKE)...
dnl
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
dnl
dnl Find a good install
dnl
AC_PROG_INSTALL
dnl
dnl Find the compiler
dnl
dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1
test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes
AC_PROG_CC
AC_AIX
AM_PROG_CC_STDC
dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically:
dnl
dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then
dnl if compiler is gcc, then
dnl use -O2 and some warning flags
dnl else
dnl use os-specific flags or -O
if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall -Wno-implicit"
else
case "$host_os" in
*hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;;
*ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;;
*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;;
esac
fi
fi
dnl
dnl In case of {cyg,gnu}win32. Should be a _target_ test.
dnl Might also be erelevant for DJGPP.
dnl
case "$host_os" in
*win32) exeext='.exe';;
*) exeext='';;
esac
AC_SUBST(exeext)
dnl
dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics.
dnl
AC_C_CONST
AC_C_INLINE
AC_C_VOLATILE
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
AC_C_PROTOTYPES
if test x"$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != xno; then :
AC_SUBST(U, [])
AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR, [])
else
AC_SUBST(U, [_])
AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR, [./ansi2knr])
fi
dnl
dnl Checks for header files that might be missing.
dnl
dnl Check for basic headers, even those we assume the presence of.
dnl This is because Autoconf default includes check for STDC_HEADERS,
dnl HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, etc. before including them.
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/types.h sys/stat.h)
dnl Now check for the others.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdarg.h limits.h unistd.h sys/time.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h signal.h setjmp.h pwd.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
dnl
dnl Check integral type sizes.
dnl
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
dnl
dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly
dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and
dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc.
dnl
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
dnl
dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types.
dnl
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_CHECK_TYPES(uint32_t)
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SIGNAL_H
# include <signal.h>
#endif
])
dnl
dnl Checks for library functions.
dnl
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
AC_FUNC_MMAP
AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strdup strstr strcasecmp strncasecmp strpbrk memmove)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettimeofday mktime strptime timegm strerror snprintf vsnprintf)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(usleep select ftello sigblock sigsetjmp signal)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(symlink access isatty strtoll strtoimax)
dnl
dnl Call Wget's local macros defined in aclocal.
dnl
WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
WGET_SOCKLEN_T
WGET_FNMATCH
WGET_NANOSLEEP
WGET_POSIX_CLOCK
WGET_NSL_SOCKET
dnl
dnl Check if we need to compile in getopt.c.
dnl
AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, [], [
GETOPT_OBJ='getopt$o'
])
AC_SUBST(GETOPT_OBJ)
dnl
dnl Checks for libraries.
dnl
dnl Check for OpenSSL
if test x"$with_ssl" != x"no"
then
dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library
dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure
dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use
dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load().
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load)
])
dnl Now actually check for -lssl
AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [
#include <openssl/ssl.h>
#include <openssl/x509.h>
#include <openssl/err.h>
#include <openssl/rand.h>
#include <openssl/des.h>
#include <openssl/md4.h>
#include <openssl/md5.h>
], [SSL_library_init ()])
if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
then
AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL])
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SSL], 1,
[Define if SSL support is being compiled in.])
SSL_OBJ='openssl$o'
elif test x"$with_ssl" != x
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl was given, but OpenSSL is not available.])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(SSL_OBJ)
dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available.
NTLM_OBJ=''
if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
then
if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno
then
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1,
[Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.])
NTLM_OBJ='http-ntlm$o'
fi
else
dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM,
dnl abort.
if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and OpenSSL not found; aborting])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(NTLM_OBJ)
dnl
dnl Find an MD5 implementation. Since Wget rarely needs MD5, we try
dnl to use an existing library implementation to save on code size.
dnl
if test x"$wget_need_md5" = xyes
then
dnl This should be moved to an AC_DEFUN, but I'm not sure how to
dnl manipulate MD5_OBJ from the defun.
MD5_OBJ='gen-md5$o'
found_md5=no
dnl Check for the system MD5 library on Solaris. We don't check for
dnl something simple like "MD5Update" because there are a number of
dnl MD5 implementations that use that name, but have an otherwise
dnl incompatible interface. md5_calc is, hopefully, specific to the
dnl Solaris MD5 library.
if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(md5, md5_calc, [
dnl Some installations have bogus <md5.h> in the compiler's
dnl include path, making the system md5 library useless.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working md5.h])
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include <md5.h>
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5], 1, [Define to use Solaris MD5.])
LIBS="-lmd5 $LIBS"
found_md5=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the Solaris MD5 implementation])
], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
])
fi
dnl Then see if we're linking OpenSSL anyway; if yes, use its md5
dnl implementation.
if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
if test x"$LIBSSL" != x; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5], 1, [Define to use OpenSSL MD5.])
found_md5=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the OpenSSL MD5 implementation])
fi
fi
dnl If none of the above worked, use the one we ship with Wget.
if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5], 1, [Define to use built-in MD5.])
MD5_OBJ="$MD5_OBJ gnu-md5\$o"
found_md5=yes
AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the GNU MD5 implementation])
fi
fi
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MD5], 1, [Define if we're compiling support for MD5.])
AC_SUBST(MD5_OBJ)
dnl **********************************************************************
dnl Checks for IPv6
dnl **********************************************************************
dnl
dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of
dnl getaddrinfo, presence of the INET6 address/protocol family, and
dnl the existence of struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing,
dnl IPv6 is disabled, and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname.
dnl
dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command
dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6
dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default
dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available.
dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]),
[case "${enable_ipv6}" in
no)
AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request])
dnl Disable IPv6 checking
ipv6=no
;;
yes)
dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable).
ipv6=yes
force_ipv6=yes
;;
auto)
dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it.
ipv6=yes
;;
*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6'])
;;
esac
], [
dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection.
ipv6=yes
]
)
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, [], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support getaddrinfo(3)])
ipv6=no
])
fi
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
PROTO_INET6([], [
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family])
ipv6=no
])
fi
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6'])
ipv6=no
])
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID
fi
fi
if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.])
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.])
elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting])
fi
dnl
dnl Set of available languages.
dnl
dnl Originally this used to be static, looking like this:
dnl ALL_LINGUAS="cs de hr it ..."
dnl The downside was that configure needed to be rebuilt whenever a
dnl new language was added.
dnl
ALL_LINGUAS=`(cd ${srcdir}/po && ls *.po | sed -e 's/\.po$//' | tr '\012' ' ')`
dnl internationalization macros
WGET_WITH_NLS
dnl
dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing
dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is
dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific
dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to
dnl build the Info documentation.
dnl
AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true])
dnl
dnl Find perl and pod2man
dnl
AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no)
AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no)
if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then
COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# "
else
COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN=
fi
AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN)
dnl
dnl Create output
dnl
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile
po/Makefile.in windows/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h])
AH_BOTTOM([
#include "config-post.h"
])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [WGET_PROCESS_PO])
AC_OUTPUT

1037
src/bin/network/wget/doc/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

182
src/bin/network/wget/doc/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
# Makefile for `wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#
# Version: 1.10.2
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
# Program to format Texinfo source into Info files.
MAKEINFO = makeinfo
# Program to format Texinfo source into DVI files.
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript
DVIPS = dvips -D 300
# Program to convert texinfo files to html
TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter
top_builddir = ..
top_srcdir = ..
srcdir = .
prefix = /boot/home/config/wget/
infodir = ${prefix}/info
mandir = ${prefix}/man
manext = 1
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
DESTDIR =
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
RM = rm -f
TEXI2POD = texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = /boot/home/config/bin/pod2man
MAN = wget.$(manext)
WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc
SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
#
# Dependencies for building
#
all: wget.info $(MAN)
everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html
$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@
wget.info: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(SAMPLERCTEXI) $(srcdir)/version.texi
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2POD): $(srcdir)/$(TEXI2POD).in
sed 's,^#! /usr/bin/perl,#! /boot/home/config/bin/perl,' $? > $@
chmod u+x $@
wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/version.texi
./$(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@
$(MAN): wget.pod
$(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget 1.10.2" $? > $@
#wget.cat: $(MAN)
# nroff -man $? > $@
dvi: wget.dvi
wget.dvi: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
wget_us.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
#
# Dependencies for installing
#
# install all the documentation
install: install.info install.wgetrc install.man
# uninstall all the documentation
uninstall: uninstall.info uninstall.man
# install info pages, creating install directory if necessary
# if the info pages are built in the build directory, they are used.
# otherwise, the ones from the distribution are installed.
install.info: wget.info
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-if test -f wget.info; then \
for file in wget.info wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
if test -f "$$file"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file" ; \
fi; \
done; \
else \
for file in $(srcdir)/wget.info $(srcdir)/wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
if test -f "$$file"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/`basename $$file`" ; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
# install man page, creating install directory if necessary
install.man: $(MAN)
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
# install sample.wgetrc
install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)
@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \
if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \
else \
echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \
echo; \
echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \
echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \
echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \
echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \
echo; \
fi; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \
fi
# uninstall info pages
uninstall.info:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/wget.info*
# uninstall man page
uninstall.man:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
#
# Dependencies for cleanup
#
clean:
$(RM) *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod *.html
$(RM) *.dvi *.aux *.cp *.cps *.fn *.toc *.tp *.vr *.ps *.ky *.pg *.log
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile
$(RM) $(MAN) $(TEXI2POD)
realclean: distclean
$(RM) wget.info*
$(RM) $(SAMPLERCTEXI)
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
subdir = doc
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status

182
src/bin/network/wget/doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
# Makefile for `wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#
# Version: @VERSION@
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
# Program to format Texinfo source into Info files.
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
# Program to format Texinfo source into DVI files.
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript
DVIPS = dvips -D 300
# Program to convert texinfo files to html
TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter
top_builddir = ..
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
manext = 1
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
DESTDIR =
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
RM = rm -f
TEXI2POD = texi2pod.pl
POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
MAN = wget.$(manext)
WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc
SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
#
# Dependencies for building
#
all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN)
everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html
$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@
wget.info: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(SAMPLERCTEXI) $(srcdir)/version.texi
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2POD): $(srcdir)/$(TEXI2POD).in
sed 's,^#! /usr/bin/perl,#! @PERL@,' $? > $@
chmod u+x $@
wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/version.texi
./$(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@
$(MAN): wget.pod
$(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@
#wget.cat: $(MAN)
# nroff -man $? > $@
dvi: wget.dvi
wget.dvi: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
wget_us.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi
$(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi
wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
$(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
#
# Dependencies for installing
#
# install all the documentation
install: install.info install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
# uninstall all the documentation
uninstall: uninstall.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man
# install info pages, creating install directory if necessary
# if the info pages are built in the build directory, they are used.
# otherwise, the ones from the distribution are installed.
install.info: wget.info
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-if test -f wget.info; then \
for file in wget.info wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
if test -f "$$file"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file" ; \
fi; \
done; \
else \
for file in $(srcdir)/wget.info $(srcdir)/wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
if test -f "$$file"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/`basename $$file`" ; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
# install man page, creating install directory if necessary
install.man: $(MAN)
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
# install sample.wgetrc
install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)
@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \
if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \
else \
echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \
echo; \
echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \
echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \
echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \
echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \
echo; \
fi; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \
fi
# uninstall info pages
uninstall.info:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/wget.info*
# uninstall man page
uninstall.man:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
#
# Dependencies for cleanup
#
clean:
$(RM) *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod *.html
$(RM) *.dvi *.aux *.cp *.cps *.fn *.toc *.tp *.vr *.ps *.ky *.pg *.log
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile
$(RM) $(MAN) $(TEXI2POD)
realclean: distclean
$(RM) wget.info*
$(RM) $(SAMPLERCTEXI)
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
subdir = doc
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status

36
src/bin/network/wget/doc/ansi2knr.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "19 Jan 1996"
.SH NAME
ansi2knr \- convert ANSI C to Kernighan & Ritchie C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.I ansi2knr
[--varargs] input_file [output_file]
.SH DESCRIPTION
If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
.br
There are no error messages.
.sp
.I ansi2knr
recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left
margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last
character on the line, and with a left brace as the first token on the
following line (ignoring possible intervening comments). It will recognize a
multi-line header provided that no intervening line ends with a left or right
brace or a semicolon. These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except
that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
.sp
The following constructs will confuse it:
.br
- Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the
above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
.br
- Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
.sp
The --varargs switch is obsolete, and is recognized only for
backwards compatibility. The present version of
.I ansi2knr
will always attempt to convert a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl.
.SH AUTHOR
L. Peter Deutsch <ghost@aladdin.com> wrote the original ansi2knr and
continues to maintain the current version; most of the code in the current
version is his work. ansi2knr also includes contributions by Francois
Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> and Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>.

451
src/bin/network/wget/doc/fdl.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
@node GNU Free Documentation License
@section GNU Free Documentation License
@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
@center Version 1.2, November 2002
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@item
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
@end enumerate
@page
@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
@smallexample
@group
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being @var{list}.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

392
src/bin/network/wget/doc/gpl.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
@node GNU General Public License
@section GNU General Public License
@center Version 2, June 1991
@c This file is intended to be included in another file.
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@unnumberedsec Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
@iftex
@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
@end ifinfo
@enumerate 0
@item
This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
@item
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
@item
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
@enumerate a
@item
You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
@item
You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
@item
If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
@end enumerate
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
@item
You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
@enumerate a
@item
Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
@item
Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
@item
Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
@end enumerate
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
@item
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@item
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
@item
Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
@item
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
@item
If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
@item
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
@item
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
@iftex
@heading NO WARRANTY
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center NO WARRANTY
@end ifinfo
@item
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
@item
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
@end enumerate
@iftex
@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end ifinfo
@page
@unnumberedsec Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
@smallexample
@var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
Copyright (C) @var{yyyy} @var{name of author}
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
@end smallexample
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
@smallexample
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
@end smallexample
The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
@example
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
@end example
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

112
src/bin/network/wget/doc/sample.wgetrc Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
###
### Sample Wget initialization file .wgetrc
###
## You can use this file to change the default behaviour of wget or to
## avoid having to type many many command-line options. This file does
## not contain a comprehensive list of commands -- look at the manual
## to find out what you can put into this file.
##
## Wget initialization file can reside in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc
## (global, for all users) or $HOME/.wgetrc (for a single user).
##
## To use the settings in this file, you will have to uncomment them,
## as well as change them, in most cases, as the values on the
## commented-out lines are the default values (e.g. "off").
##
## Global settings (useful for setting up in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc).
## Think well before you change them, since they may reduce wget's
## functionality, and make it behave contrary to the documentation:
##
# You can set retrieve quota for beginners by specifying a value
# optionally followed by 'K' (kilobytes) or 'M' (megabytes). The
# default quota is unlimited.
#quota = inf
# You can lower (or raise) the default number of retries when
# downloading a file (default is 20).
#tries = 20
# Lowering the maximum depth of the recursive retrieval is handy to
# prevent newbies from going too "deep" when they unwittingly start
# the recursive retrieval. The default is 5.
#reclevel = 5
# By default Wget uses "passive FTP" transfer where the client
# initiates the data connection to the server rather than the other
# way around. That is required on systems behind NAT where the client
# computer cannot be easily reached from the Internet. However, some
# firewalls software explicitly supports active FTP and in fact has
# problems supporting passive transfer. If you are in such
# environment, use "passive_ftp = off" to revert to active FTP.
#passive_ftp = off
# The "wait" command below makes Wget wait between every connection.
# If, instead, you want Wget to wait only between retries of failed
# downloads, set waitretry to maximum number of seconds to wait (Wget
# will use "linear backoff", waiting 1 second after the first failure
# on a file, 2 seconds after the second failure, etc. up to this max).
waitretry = 10
##
## Local settings (for a user to set in his $HOME/.wgetrc). It is
## *highly* undesirable to put these settings in the global file, since
## they are potentially dangerous to "normal" users.
##
## Even when setting up your own ~/.wgetrc, you should know what you
## are doing before doing so.
##
# Set this to on to use timestamping by default:
#timestamping = off
# It is a good idea to make Wget send your email address in a `From:'
# header with your request (so that server administrators can contact
# you in case of errors). Wget does *not* send `From:' by default.
#header = From: Your Name <username@site.domain>
# You can set up other headers, like Accept-Language. Accept-Language
# is *not* sent by default.
#header = Accept-Language: en
# You can set the default proxies for Wget to use for http and ftp.
# They will override the value in the environment.
#http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
# If you do not want to use proxy at all, set this to off.
#use_proxy = on
# You can customize the retrieval outlook. Valid options are default,
# binary, mega and micro.
#dot_style = default
# Setting this to off makes Wget not download /robots.txt. Be sure to
# know *exactly* what /robots.txt is and how it is used before changing
# the default!
#robots = on
# It can be useful to make Wget wait between connections. Set this to
# the number of seconds you want Wget to wait.
#wait = 0
# You can force creating directory structure, even if a single is being
# retrieved, by setting this to on.
#dirstruct = off
# You can turn on recursive retrieving by default (don't do this if
# you are not sure you know what it means) by setting this to on.
#recursive = off
# To always back up file X as X.orig before converting its links (due
# to -k / --convert-links / convert_links = on having been specified),
# set this variable to on:
#backup_converted = off
# To have Wget follow FTP links from HTML files by default, set this
# to on:
#follow_ftp = off

112
src/bin/network/wget/doc/sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
###
### Sample Wget initialization file .wgetrc
###
## You can use this file to change the default behaviour of wget or to
## avoid having to type many many command-line options. This file does
## not contain a comprehensive list of commands -- look at the manual
## to find out what you can put into this file.
##
## Wget initialization file can reside in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc
## (global, for all users) or $HOME/.wgetrc (for a single user).
##
## To use the settings in this file, you will have to uncomment them,
## as well as change them, in most cases, as the values on the
## commented-out lines are the default values (e.g. "off").
##
## Global settings (useful for setting up in /usr/local/etc/wgetrc).
## Think well before you change them, since they may reduce wget's
## functionality, and make it behave contrary to the documentation:
##
# You can set retrieve quota for beginners by specifying a value
# optionally followed by 'K' (kilobytes) or 'M' (megabytes). The
# default quota is unlimited.
#quota = inf
# You can lower (or raise) the default number of retries when
# downloading a file (default is 20).
#tries = 20
# Lowering the maximum depth of the recursive retrieval is handy to
# prevent newbies from going too "deep" when they unwittingly start
# the recursive retrieval. The default is 5.
#reclevel = 5
# By default Wget uses "passive FTP" transfer where the client
# initiates the data connection to the server rather than the other
# way around. That is required on systems behind NAT where the client
# computer cannot be easily reached from the Internet. However, some
# firewalls software explicitly supports active FTP and in fact has
# problems supporting passive transfer. If you are in such
# environment, use "passive_ftp = off" to revert to active FTP.
#passive_ftp = off
# The "wait" command below makes Wget wait between every connection.
# If, instead, you want Wget to wait only between retries of failed
# downloads, set waitretry to maximum number of seconds to wait (Wget
# will use "linear backoff", waiting 1 second after the first failure
# on a file, 2 seconds after the second failure, etc. up to this max).
waitretry = 10
##
## Local settings (for a user to set in his $HOME/.wgetrc). It is
## *highly* undesirable to put these settings in the global file, since
## they are potentially dangerous to "normal" users.
##
## Even when setting up your own ~/.wgetrc, you should know what you
## are doing before doing so.
##
# Set this to on to use timestamping by default:
#timestamping = off
# It is a good idea to make Wget send your email address in a `From:'
# header with your request (so that server administrators can contact
# you in case of errors). Wget does *not* send `From:' by default.
#header = From: Your Name <username@@site.domain>
# You can set up other headers, like Accept-Language. Accept-Language
# is *not* sent by default.
#header = Accept-Language: en
# You can set the default proxies for Wget to use for http and ftp.
# They will override the value in the environment.
#http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
#ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
# If you do not want to use proxy at all, set this to off.
#use_proxy = on
# You can customize the retrieval outlook. Valid options are default,
# binary, mega and micro.
#dot_style = default
# Setting this to off makes Wget not download /robots.txt. Be sure to
# know *exactly* what /robots.txt is and how it is used before changing
# the default!
#robots = on
# It can be useful to make Wget wait between connections. Set this to
# the number of seconds you want Wget to wait.
#wait = 0
# You can force creating directory structure, even if a single is being
# retrieved, by setting this to on.
#dirstruct = off
# You can turn on recursive retrieving by default (don't do this if
# you are not sure you know what it means) by setting this to on.
#recursive = off
# To always back up file X as X.orig before converting its links (due
# to -k / --convert-links / convert_links = on having been specified),
# set this variable to on:
#backup_converted = off
# To have Wget follow FTP links from HTML files by default, set this
# to on:
#follow_ftp = off

436
src/bin/network/wget/doc/texi2pod.pl.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
#! /usr/bin/perl -w
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of GCC.
# GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
# the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
# Boston MA 02111-1307, USA.
# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo
# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract
# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document.
$output = 0;
$skipping = 0;
%sects = ();
$section = "";
@icstack = ();
@endwstack = ();
@skstack = ();
@instack = ();
$shift = "";
%defs = ();
$fnno = 1;
$inf = "";
$ibase = "";
while ($_ = shift) {
if (/^-D(.*)$/) {
if ($1 ne "") {
$flag = $1;
} else {
$flag = shift;
}
$value = "";
($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/);
die "no flag specified for -D\n"
unless $flag ne "";
die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n"
unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/;
$defs{$flag} = $value;
} elsif (/^-/) {
usage();
} else {
$in = $_, next unless defined $in;
$out = $_, next unless defined $out;
usage();
}
}
if (defined $in) {
$inf = gensym();
open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n";
$ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|;
} else {
$inf = \*STDIN;
}
if (defined $out) {
open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n";
}
while(defined $inf) {
while(<$inf>) {
# Certain commands are discarded without further processing.
/^\@(?:
[a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual
|need # @need: useful only in printed manual
|(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto
|page # @page: ditto
|node # @node: useful only in .info file
|(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents
)\b/x and next;
chomp;
# Look for filename and title markers.
/^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next;
/^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next;
# Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in.
/^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do {
if (exists $defs{$1}) {
$fn = $1;
$tl = postprocess($2);
}
next;
};
# Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end.
# This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such
# would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators.
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do {
$output = 1 if exists $defs{$2};
$sect = $1;
next;
};
/^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next;
/^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do {
$sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect};
$sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section);
$section = "";
$output = 0;
next;
};
# handle variables
/^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do {
$defs{$1} = $2;
next;
};
/^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
delete $defs{$1};
next;
};
next unless $output;
# Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see
# @c man lines.)
/^\@c\b/ and next;
# End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even
# if we are skipping.
/^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do {
# Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may
# cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping.
my $ended = $1;
next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex|copying)$/;
die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw;
die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw;
$endw = pop @endwstack;
if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) {
$skipping = pop @skstack;
next;
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) {
$shift = "";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
} elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) {
$_ = "\n=back\n";
$ic = pop @icstack;
} else {
die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n";
}
};
# We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we
# are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals
# correctly.
/^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifset";
$skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = "ifclear";
$skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1};
next;
};
/^\@(ignore|menu|iftex|copying)\b/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @skstack, $skipping;
$endw = $1;
$skipping = 1;
next;
};
next if $skipping;
# Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text
# or discarded outright:
s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g;
s/\@dots\{\}/.../g;
s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g;
s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g;
s/\@[:-]//g;
s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g;
s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g;
s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g;
s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g;
s/\\,/,/g;
# Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes
# (which will be turned back into text by unmunge())
s/&/&amp;/g;
s/\@\@/&at;/g;
s/\@\{/&lbrace;/g;
s/\@\}/&rbrace;/g;
# Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially.
if ($shift ne "") {
s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g;
}
# POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block.
if ($shift eq "") {
s/</&lt;/g;
s/>/&gt;/g;
} else {
s/</&LT;/g;
s/>/&GT;/g;
}
# Single line command handlers.
/^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do {
push @instack, $inf;
$inf = gensym();
# Try cwd and $ibase.
open($inf, "<" . $1)
or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $1)
or die "cannot open $1 or $ibase/$1: $!\n";
next;
};
/^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n";
/^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/
and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n";
# Block command handlers:
/^\@itemize(?:\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-))?/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
if (defined $1) {
$ic = $1;
} else {
$ic = '@bullet';
}
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "itemize";
};
/^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
if (defined $1) {
$ic = $1 . ".";
} else {
$ic = "1.";
}
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
$endw = "enumerate";
};
/^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
push @icstack, $ic;
$endw = $1;
$ic = $2;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/;
$ic =~ s/\@(?:asis)/S/; # punt
$_ = "\n=over 4\n";
};
/^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do {
push @endwstack, $endw;
$endw = $1;
$shift = "\t";
$_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
};
/^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do {
if (defined $1) {
# Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below.
$_ = "\n=item $ic\&LT;$1\&GT;\n";
} else {
$_ = "\n=item $ic\n";
$ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/;
$ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg;
}
};
$section .= $shift.$_."\n";
}
# End of current file.
close($inf);
$inf = pop @instack;
}
die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl;
$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n";
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES};
for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT EXAMPLES FILES
BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) {
if(exists $sects{$sect}) {
$head = $sect;
$head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/;
print "=head1 $head\n\n";
print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect});
print "\n";
}
}
sub usage
{
die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n";
}
sub postprocess
{
local $_ = $_[0];
# @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as.
while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) {
if (! exists $defs{$2}) {
print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n";
s/\Q$1\E//;
} else {
$value = $defs{$2};
s/\Q$1\E/$value/;
}
}
# Formatting commands.
# Temporary escape for @r.
s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g;
s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g;
s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g;
s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g;
# Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill.
# (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.)
# @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that
# follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded.
s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g;
s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g;
s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g;
s/\@noindent\s*//g;
s/\@refill//g;
s/\@gol//g;
s/\@\*\s*\n?//g;
# @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different
# semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with
# one argument, for our purposes.
s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/&lt;B<$1>&gt;/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g;
s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g;
# Un-escape <> at this point.
s/&LT;/</g;
s/&GT;/>/g;
# Now un-nest all B<>, I<>, R<>. Theoretically we could have
# indefinitely deep nesting; in practice, one level suffices.
1 while s/([BIR])<([^<>]*)([BIR])<([^<>]*)>/$1<$2>$3<$4>$1</g;
# Replace R<...> with bare ...; eliminate empty markup, B<>;
# shift white space at the ends of [BI]<...> expressions outside
# the expression.
s/R<([^<>]*)>/$1/g;
s/[BI]<>//g;
s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g;
s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g;
# Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other
# processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting
# inside @footnote.
while (/\@footnote/g) {
s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/;
add_footnote($1, $fnno);
$fnno++;
}
return $_;
}
sub unmunge
{
# Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents.
local $_ = $_[0];
s/&lt;/E<lt>/g;
s/&gt;/E<gt>/g;
s/&lbrace;/\{/g;
s/&rbrace;/\}/g;
s/&at;/\@/g;
s/&amp;/&/g;
return $_;
}
sub add_footnote
{
unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) {
$sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n";
}
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++;
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0];
$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n";
}
# stolen from Symbol.pm
{
my $genseq = 0;
sub gensym
{
my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++;
my $ref = \*{$name};
delete $::{$name};
return $ref;
}
}

7086
src/bin/network/wget/doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1
src/bin/network/wget/doc/version.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
@set VERSION 1.10.2

4451
src/bin/network/wget/doc/wget.info Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3865
src/bin/network/wget/doc/wget.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

276
src/bin/network/wget/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
#
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
# without express or implied warranty.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
# shared with many OS's install programs.
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
transformbasename=""
transform_arg=""
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
dir_arg=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd=$cpprog
shift
continue;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
shift
continue;;
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
shift
continue;;
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
:
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
exit 1
else
:
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
dst=$src
src=""
if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
instcmd=:
chmodcmd=""
else
instcmd=$mkdirprog
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
then
:
else
echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
exit 1
else
:
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d "$dst" ]
then
dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
else
:
fi
fi
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
defaultIFS='
'
IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
oIFS=$IFS
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
IFS='%'
set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
IFS=$oIFS
pathcomp=''
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
shift
if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
then
$mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
else
:
fi
pathcomp=$pathcomp/
done
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
then
$doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
else
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
else
dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
fi
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
else
:
fi
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
rmtmp=$dstdir/#rm.$$#
# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. We try this
# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
# file might be busy for other reasons. In this case, the final cleanup
# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
{
if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
then
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
{
echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
(exit 1); exit
}
else
:
fi
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
fi &&
# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
{
(exit 0); exit
}

110
src/bin/network/wget/m4/lib-ld.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
dnl with libtool.m4.
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
esac])
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
])

553
src/bin/network/wget/m4/lib-link.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
# lib-link.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.14.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
])
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
])
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
else
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
[
dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
. ./conftest.sh
rm -f ./conftest.sh
acl_cv_rpath=done
])
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
libext="$acl_cv_libext"
shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
[ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
:, enable_rpath=yes)
])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
INC[]NAME=
rpathdirs=
ltrpathdirs=
names_already_handled=
names_next_round='$1 $2'
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
names_next_round=
for name in $names_this_round; do
already_handled=
for n in $names_already_handled; do
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
already_handled=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
if test -n "$value"; then
if test "$value" = yes; then
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
else
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
:
fi
else
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
found_dir=
found_la=
found_so=
found_a=
if test $use_additional = yes; then
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
break
fi
done
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
dnl Found the library.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
dnl resulting binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
else
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
fi
if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
dnl very old systems.
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
fi
else
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a static library.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
else
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
dnl fallback.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
fi
fi
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
*/lib | */lib/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Look for dependencies.
if test -n "$found_la"; then
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
save_libdir="$libdir"
case "$found_la" in
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
esac
libdir="$save_libdir"
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
case "$dep" in
-L*)
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
;;
-R*)
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
fi
fi
;;
-l*)
dnl Handle this in the next round.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
;;
*.la)
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
dnl option.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
;;
*)
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
;;
esac
done
fi
else
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
done
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
alldirs=
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
done
dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$found_dir"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
done
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
dnl unless already present in VAR.
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
[
for element in [$2]; do
haveit=
for x in $[$1]; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
fi
done
])

153
src/bin/network/wget/m4/lib-prefix.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
dnl require excessive bracketing.
ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
dnl with the same --prefix option.
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
[
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
dnl at the end of configure.
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
else
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
fi
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
else
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
fi
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
dnl at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
[
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
$1
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])

463
src/bin/network/wget/m4/wget.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
dnl Wget-specific Autoconf macros.
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
dnl Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version.
dnl
dnl Check for `struct utimbuf'.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF], [
AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct utimbuf], [], [], [
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_UTIME_H
# include <utime.h>
#endif
])
])
dnl Check for socklen_t. The third argument of accept, getsockname,
dnl etc. is int * on some systems, but size_t * on others. POSIX
dnl finally standardized on socklen_t, but older systems don't have
dnl it. If socklen_t exists, we use it, else if accept() accepts
dnl size_t *, we use that, else we use int.
AC_DEFUN([WGET_SOCKLEN_T], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for socklen_t)
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
socklen_t x;
], [AC_MSG_RESULT(socklen_t)], [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
int accept (int, struct sockaddr *, size_t *);
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT(size_t)
AC_DEFINE([socklen_t], [size_t],
[Define to int or size_t on systems without socklen_t.])
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT(int)
AC_DEFINE([socklen_t], [int],
[Define to int or size_t on systems without socklen_t.])
])
])
])
dnl Check whether fnmatch.h can be included. This doesn't use
dnl AC_FUNC_FNMATCH because Wget is already careful to only use
dnl fnmatch on certain OS'es. However, fnmatch.h is sometimes broken
dnl even on those because Apache installs its own fnmatch.h to
dnl /usr/local/include (!), which GCC uses before /usr/include.
AC_DEFUN([WGET_FNMATCH], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working fnmatch.h])
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include <fnmatch.h>
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_WORKING_FNMATCH_H], 1,
[Define if fnmatch.h can be included.])
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
])
])
dnl Check for nanosleep. For nanosleep to work on Solaris, we must
dnl link with -lrt (recently) or with -lposix4 (older releases).
AC_DEFUN([WGET_NANOSLEEP], [
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(nanosleep, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(rt, nanosleep, [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NANOSLEEP], 1,
[Define if you have the nanosleep function.])
LIBS="-lrt $LIBS"
], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(posix4, nanosleep, [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NANOSLEEP], 1,
[Define if you have the nanosleep function.])
LIBS="-lposix4 $LIBS"
])
])
])
])
AC_DEFUN([WGET_POSIX_CLOCK], [
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(clock_gettime, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(rt, clock_gettime)
])
])
dnl Check whether we need to link with -lnsl and -lsocket, as is the
dnl case on e.g. Solaris.
AC_DEFUN([WGET_NSL_SOCKET], [
dnl On Solaris, -lnsl is needed to use gethostbyname. But checking
dnl for gethostbyname is not enough because on "NCR MP-RAS 3.0"
dnl gethostbyname is in libc, but -lnsl is still needed to use
dnl -lsocket, as well as for functions such as inet_ntoa. We look
dnl for such known offenders and if one of them is not found, we
dnl check if -lnsl is needed.
wget_check_in_nsl=NONE
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname, [], [
wget_check_in_nsl=gethostbyname
])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntoa, [], [
wget_check_in_nsl=inet_ntoa
])
if test $wget_check_in_nsl != NONE; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, $wget_check_in_nsl)
fi
AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket)
])
# serial 1
# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
# @ovindex CC
# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries various
# options that select ANSI C on some system or another. It considers the
# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
# handles function prototypes correctly.
#
# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}. If you wrote your source
# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
# @end defmac
AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C])
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC="$CC"
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
# HP-UX -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
do
CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#if !defined(__STDC__)
choke me
#endif
/* DYNIX/ptx V4.1.3 can't compile sys/stat.h with -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__. */
#ifdef _SEQUENT_
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
], [
int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
done
CC="$ac_save_CC"
])
AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
x|xno) ;;
*) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac
])
dnl ************************************************************
dnl START OF IPv6 AUTOCONFIGURATION SUPPORT MACROS
dnl ************************************************************
AC_DEFUN([TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6],[
wget_have_sockaddr_in6=
AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_in6],[
wget_have_sockaddr_in6=yes
],[
wget_have_sockaddr_in6=no
],[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
])
if test "X$wget_have_sockaddr_in6" = "Xyes"; then :
$1
else :
$2
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID],[
AC_REQUIRE([TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6])
wget_member_sin6_scope_id=
if test "X$wget_have_sockaddr_in6" = "Xyes"; then
AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],[
wget_member_sin6_scope_id=yes
],[
wget_member_sin6_scope_id=no
],[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
])
fi
if test "X$wget_member_sin6_scope_id" = "Xyes"; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID], 1,
[Define if struct sockaddr_in6 has the sin6_scope_id member])
$1
else :
$2
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([PROTO_INET6],[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for INET6 protocol support], [wget_cv_proto_inet6],[
AC_TRY_CPP([
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#ifndef PF_INET6
#error Missing PF_INET6
#endif
#ifndef AF_INET6
#error Mlssing AF_INET6
#endif
],[
wget_cv_proto_inet6=yes
],[
wget_cv_proto_inet6=no
])
])
if test "X$wget_cv_proto_inet6" = "Xyes"; then :
$1
else :
$2
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE],[
AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct sockaddr_storage],[], [], [
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
])
])
dnl ************************************************************
dnl END OF IPv6 AUTOCONFIGURATION SUPPORT MACROS
dnl ************************************************************
# This code originates from Ulrich Drepper's AM_WITH_NLS.
AC_DEFUN([WGET_WITH_NLS],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
HAVE_NLS=$enableval, HAVE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_NLS)
dnl If something goes wrong, we may still decide not to use NLS.
dnl For this reason, defer AC_SUBST'ing HAVE_NLS until the very
dnl last moment.
if test x"$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then
dnl If LINGUAS is specified, use only those languages. In fact,
dnl compute an intersection of languages in LINGUAS and
dnl ALL_LINGUAS, and use that.
if test x"$LINGUAS" != x; then
new_linguas=
for lang1 in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
for lang2 in $LINGUAS; do
if test "$lang1" = "$lang2"; then
new_linguas="$new_linguas $lang1"
fi
done
done
ALL_LINGUAS=$new_linguas
fi
AC_MSG_NOTICE([language catalogs: $ALL_LINGUAS])
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
DATADIRNAME=share
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(locale.h libintl.h)
dnl Prefer gettext found in -lintl to the one in libc.
dnl Otherwise it can happen that we include libintl.h from
dnl /usr/local/lib, but fail to specify -lintl, which results in
dnl link or run-time failures. (Symptom: libintl_bindtextdomain
dnl not found at link-time.)
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, [
dnl gettext is in libintl; announce the fact manually.
LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], 1,
[Define if you have the gettext function.])
], [
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettext, [], [
AC_MSG_RESULT([gettext not found; disabling NLS])
HAVE_NLS=no
])
])
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
done
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS ${lang}${CATOBJEXT}"
done
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
fi
AC_SUBST(HAVE_NLS)
dnl Some independently maintained files, such as po/Makefile.in,
dnl use `USE_NLS', so support it.
USE_NLS=$HAVE_NLS
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
if test "x$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NLS], 1, [Define this if you want the NLS support.])
fi
])
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
dnl be included in po/Makefile.
dnl
dnl This is not strictly an Autoconf macro, because it is run from
dnl within `config.status' rather than from within configure. This
dnl is why special rules must be applied for it.
AC_DEFUN(WGET_PROCESS_PO,
[
dnl I wonder what the following several lines do...
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
else
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
fi
else
posrcprefix="../"
fi
rm -f po/POTFILES
dnl Use `echo' rather than AC_MSG_RESULT, because this is run from
dnl `config.status'.
echo "generating po/POTFILES from $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in"
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," \
-e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
echo "creating po/Makefile"
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
])
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
#
# This file may be copied and used freely without restrictions. It
# can be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality. Please note that the actual code is *not* freely
# available.
# serial 1
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
[case "[$]$1" in
/*)
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
break
fi
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
])dnl
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
])

111
src/bin/network/wget/mkinstalldirs Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain
errstatus=0
dirmode=""
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
-h | --help | --h*) # -h for help
echo "$usage" 1>&2
exit 0
;;
-m) # -m PERM arg
shift
test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
dirmode=$1
shift
;;
--) # stop option processing
shift
break
;;
-*) # unknown option
echo "$usage" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
*) # first non-opt arg
break
;;
esac
done
for file
do
if test -d "$file"; then
shift
else
break
fi
done
case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
fi
;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
fi
;;
esac
for file
do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d
do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case $pathcomp in
-*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
else
if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
lasterr=""
chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
fi
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# End:
# mkinstalldirs ends here

251
src/bin/network/wget/po/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
PACKAGE = wget
VERSION = 1.10.2
SHELL = /bin/sh
top_builddir = ..
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ..
prefix = /boot/home/config/wget/
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
datadir = $(prefix)/
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
subdir = po
DESTDIR =
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
CC = gcc
GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH
MSGFMT =
XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH
MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wno-implicit
CPPFLAGS =
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
POFILES =
GMOFILES =
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
POTFILES = \
../src/cmpt.c \
../src/connect.c \
../src/convert.c \
../src/cookies.c \
../src/ftp-basic.c \
../src/ftp-ls.c \
../src/ftp-opie.c \
../src/ftp.c \
../src/gen-md5.c \
../src/getopt.c \
../src/gnu-md5.c \
../src/hash.c \
../src/host.c \
../src/html-parse.c \
../src/html-url.c \
../src/http.c \
../src/init.c \
../src/log.c \
../src/main.c \
../src/mswindows.c \
../src/netrc.c \
../src/openssl.c \
../src/progress.c \
../src/ptimer.c \
../src/recur.c \
../src/res.c \
../src/retr.c \
../src/url.c \
../src/utils.c \
../src/version.c \
../src/xmalloc.c
CATALOGS =
CATOBJEXT =
INSTOBJEXT =
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.po.mo:
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
all: all-no
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
install.mo: install
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-no
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
case "$$cat" in \
*.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \
*) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \
esac; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat.m; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
true; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
done
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
check: all
cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.gmo *.msg
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "!! This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "!! it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
realclean: maintainer-clean
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.po; \
mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
fi; \
done
POTFILES: POTFILES.in
( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
else \
posrcprefix="../"; \
fi; \
rm -f $@-t $@ \
&& (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
-e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
| sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
&& chmod a-w $@-t \
&& mv $@-t $@ )
Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

220
src/bin/network/wget/po/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
PACKAGE = wget
VERSION = 1.10.2
SHELL = /bin/sh
top_builddir = ..
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ..
prefix = /boot/home/config/wget/
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
datadir = $(prefix)/
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
subdir = po
DESTDIR =
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
CC = gcc
GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH
MSGFMT =
XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH
MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wno-implicit
CPPFLAGS =
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
POFILES =
GMOFILES =
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS =
CATOBJEXT =
INSTOBJEXT =
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.po.mo:
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
all: all-no
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
install.mo: install
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-no
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
case "$$cat" in \
*.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \
*) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \
esac; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat.m; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
true; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
done
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
check: all
cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.gmo *.msg
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "!! This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "!! it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
realclean: maintainer-clean
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.po; \
mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
fi; \
done
POTFILES: POTFILES.in
( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
else \
posrcprefix="../"; \
fi; \
rm -f $@-t $@ \
&& (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
-e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
| sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
&& chmod a-w $@-t \
&& mv $@-t $@ )
Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

220
src/bin/network/wget/po/Makefile.in.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
top_builddir = ..
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
subdir = po
DESTDIR =
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
CC = @CC@
GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@
MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
DEFS = @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.po.mo:
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
install.mo: install
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
case "$$cat" in \
*.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \
*) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \
esac; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat.m; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
true; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
dir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
done
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
check: all
cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.gmo *.msg
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "!! This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "!! it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
rm -f $(GMOFILES)
realclean: maintainer-clean
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.po; \
mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
fi; \
done
POTFILES: POTFILES.in
( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
else \
posrcprefix="../"; \
fi; \
rm -f $@-t $@ \
&& (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
-e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
| sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
&& chmod a-w $@-t \
&& mv $@-t $@ )
Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

31
src/bin/network/wget/po/POTFILES Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
../src/cmpt.c \
../src/connect.c \
../src/convert.c \
../src/cookies.c \
../src/ftp-basic.c \
../src/ftp-ls.c \
../src/ftp-opie.c \
../src/ftp.c \
../src/gen-md5.c \
../src/getopt.c \
../src/gnu-md5.c \
../src/hash.c \
../src/host.c \
../src/html-parse.c \
../src/html-url.c \
../src/http.c \
../src/init.c \
../src/log.c \
../src/main.c \
../src/mswindows.c \
../src/netrc.c \
../src/openssl.c \
../src/progress.c \
../src/ptimer.c \
../src/recur.c \
../src/res.c \
../src/retr.c \
../src/url.c \
../src/utils.c \
../src/version.c \
../src/xmalloc.c

35
src/bin/network/wget/po/POTFILES.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
# List of files which containing translatable strings.
# Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Package source files
src/cmpt.c
src/connect.c
src/convert.c
src/cookies.c
src/ftp-basic.c
src/ftp-ls.c
src/ftp-opie.c
src/ftp.c
src/gen-md5.c
src/getopt.c
src/gnu-md5.c
src/hash.c
src/host.c
src/html-parse.c
src/html-url.c
src/http.c
src/init.c
src/log.c
src/main.c
src/mswindows.c
src/netrc.c
src/openssl.c
src/progress.c
src/ptimer.c
src/recur.c
src/res.c
src/retr.c
src/url.c
src/utils.c
src/version.c
src/xmalloc.c

1200
src/bin/network/wget/po/bg.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1670
src/bin/network/wget/po/ca.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1243
src/bin/network/wget/po/cs.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1162
src/bin/network/wget/po/da.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2010
src/bin/network/wget/po/de.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1378
src/bin/network/wget/po/el.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1302
src/bin/network/wget/po/en_GB.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1555
src/bin/network/wget/po/eo.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1397
src/bin/network/wget/po/es.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1569
src/bin/network/wget/po/et.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1303
src/bin/network/wget/po/eu.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1615
src/bin/network/wget/po/fi.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1987
src/bin/network/wget/po/fr.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1616
src/bin/network/wget/po/ga.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1405
src/bin/network/wget/po/gl.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1112
src/bin/network/wget/po/he.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1621
src/bin/network/wget/po/hr.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1324
src/bin/network/wget/po/hu.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1649
src/bin/network/wget/po/it.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1595
src/bin/network/wget/po/ja.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1619
src/bin/network/wget/po/nl.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1110
src/bin/network/wget/po/no.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1337
src/bin/network/wget/po/pl.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1501
src/bin/network/wget/po/pt_BR.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1312
src/bin/network/wget/po/ro.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1595
src/bin/network/wget/po/ru.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1702
src/bin/network/wget/po/sk.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1326
src/bin/network/wget/po/sl.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1306
src/bin/network/wget/po/sr.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1445
src/bin/network/wget/po/sv.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2000
src/bin/network/wget/po/tr.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1321
src/bin/network/wget/po/uk.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1577
src/bin/network/wget/po/vi.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1318
src/bin/network/wget/po/zh_CN.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1614
src/bin/network/wget/po/zh_TW.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

9838
src/bin/network/wget/src/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

162
src/bin/network/wget/src/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
# Makefile for `wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
#
# Version: 1.10.2
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
top_builddir = ..
top_srcdir = ..
srcdir = .
ANSI2KNR =
o = .o
prefix = /boot/home/config/wget/
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale
DESTDIR =
CC = gcc
CPPFLAGS =
# The following line is losing on some versions of make!
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wno-implicit
LDFLAGS =
LIBS = -lsocket
exeext =
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS)
LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
INSTALL = /bin/install -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
RM = rm -f
ETAGS = etags
# Conditional compiles
ALLOCA =
MD5_OBJ = gen-md5$o gnu-md5$o
OPIE_OBJ = ftp-opie$o
NTLM_OBJ =
SSL_OBJ =
GETOPT_OBJ =
OBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt$o connect$o convert$o cookies$o \
ftp$o ftp-basic$o ftp-ls$o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash$o \
host$o html-parse$o html-url$o http$o $(NTLM_OBJ) init$o \
log$o main$o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc$o progress$o ptimer$o recur$o \
res$o retr$o safe-ctype$o snprintf$o $(SSL_OBJ) url$o \
utils$o version$o xmalloc$o
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o ._c ._o
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) -c $<
.c._c: $(ANSI2KNR)
$(ANSI2KNR) $< > $*.tmp && mv $*.tmp $@
._c._o:
@echo $(COMPILE) -c $<
@rm -f _$*.c
@ln $< _$*.c && $(COMPILE) -c _$*.c && mv _$*.o $@ && rm _$*.c
.c._o: $(ANSI2KNR)
$(ANSI2KNR) $< > $*.tmp && mv $*.tmp $*._c
@echo $(COMPILE) -c $*._c
@rm -f _$*.c
@ln $*._c _$*.c && $(COMPILE) -c _$*.c && mv _$*.o $@ && rm _$*.c
# Dependencies for building
wget$(exeext): $(OBJ)
$(LINK) $(OBJ) $(LIBS)
ansi2knr: ansi2knr.o
$(CC) -o ansi2knr ansi2knr.o $(LIBS)
# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to
# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header
# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much
# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the
# dependencies right.
$(OBJ): $(ANSI2KNR) \
config-post.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h ftp.h gen-md5.h \
getopt.h gnu-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h http-ntlm.h \
init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h options.h progress.h \
ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h safe-ctype.h ssl.h sysdep.h \
url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h
#
# Dependencies for installing
#
install: install.bin
uninstall: uninstall.bin
install.bin: wget$(exeext)
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) wget$(exeext) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
uninstall.bin:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
#
# Dependencies for cleanup
#
clean:
$(RM) *.o wget$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* $(ANSI2KNR) *._o *._c
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.h
realclean: distclean
$(RM) TAGS config.h.in
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
subdir = src
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
TAGS: *.c *.h
-$(ETAGS) *.c *.h

162
src/bin/network/wget/src/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
# Makefile for `wget' utility
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
#
# Version: @VERSION@
#
SHELL = /bin/sh
top_builddir = ..
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
ANSI2KNR = @ANSI2KNR@
o = .@U@o
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale
DESTDIR =
CC = @CC@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
# The following line is losing on some versions of make!
DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@
exeext = @exeext@
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS)
LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
RM = rm -f
ETAGS = etags
# Conditional compiles
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
MD5_OBJ = @MD5_OBJ@
OPIE_OBJ = @OPIE_OBJ@
NTLM_OBJ = @NTLM_OBJ@
SSL_OBJ = @SSL_OBJ@
GETOPT_OBJ = @GETOPT_OBJ@
OBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt$o connect$o convert$o cookies$o \
ftp$o ftp-basic$o ftp-ls$o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash$o \
host$o html-parse$o html-url$o http$o $(NTLM_OBJ) init$o \
log$o main$o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc$o progress$o ptimer$o recur$o \
res$o retr$o safe-ctype$o snprintf$o $(SSL_OBJ) url$o \
utils$o version$o xmalloc$o
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o ._c ._o
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) -c $<
.c._c: $(ANSI2KNR)
$(ANSI2KNR) $< > $*.tmp && mv $*.tmp $@
._c._o:
@echo $(COMPILE) -c $<
@rm -f _$*.c
@ln $< _$*.c && $(COMPILE) -c _$*.c && mv _$*.o $@ && rm _$*.c
.c._o: $(ANSI2KNR)
$(ANSI2KNR) $< > $*.tmp && mv $*.tmp $*._c
@echo $(COMPILE) -c $*._c
@rm -f _$*.c
@ln $*._c _$*.c && $(COMPILE) -c _$*.c && mv _$*.o $@ && rm _$*.c
# Dependencies for building
wget$(exeext): $(OBJ)
$(LINK) $(OBJ) $(LIBS)
ansi2knr: ansi2knr.o
$(CC) -o ansi2knr ansi2knr.o $(LIBS)
# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to
# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header
# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much
# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the
# dependencies right.
$(OBJ): $(ANSI2KNR) \
config-post.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h ftp.h gen-md5.h \
getopt.h gnu-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h http-ntlm.h \
init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h options.h progress.h \
ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h safe-ctype.h ssl.h sysdep.h \
url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h
#
# Dependencies for installing
#
install: install.bin
uninstall: uninstall.bin
install.bin: wget$(exeext)
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) wget$(exeext) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
uninstall.bin:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
#
# Dependencies for cleanup
#
clean:
$(RM) *.o wget$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* $(ANSI2KNR) *._o *._c
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.h
realclean: distclean
$(RM) TAGS config.h.in
#
# Dependencies for maintenance
#
subdir = src
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
TAGS: *.c *.h
-$(ETAGS) *.c *.h

506
src/bin/network/wget/src/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,506 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef emacs
#include "blockinput.h"
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
#ifndef alloca
#ifdef emacs
#ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
#endif /* static */
#endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
#else
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
#endif
#if __STDC__
typedef void *pointer;
#else
typedef char *pointer;
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
Callers below should use malloc. */
#ifndef emacs
#include "wget.h"
#define malloc xmalloc
#define free xfree
#endif
extern pointer malloc ();
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
#endif
#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction ()
{
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
if (addr == NULL)
{ /* Initial entry. */
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
}
else
{
/* Second entry. */
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
else
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
}
}
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
#endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
pointer
alloca (size)
unsigned size;
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
#endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
#ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
#ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
/* Address of header. */
if (new == 0)
abort();
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
}
}
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifndef CRAY_STACK
#define CRAY_STACK
#ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
#else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
#endif /* CRAY2 */
#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
#ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
#else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
#endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
#endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
#endif /* not CRAY2 */
#endif /* CRAY */
#endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

678
src/bin/network/wget/src/ansi2knr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,678 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1997, 1998, 1999 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved. */
/*$Id: ansi2knr.c 1002 2003-10-04 10:34:10Z hniksic $*/
/* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
/*
ansi2knr is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY. No author or distributor accepts responsibility to anyone for the
consequences of using it or for whether it serves any particular purpose or
works at all, unless he says so in writing. Refer to the GNU General Public
License (the "GPL") for full details.
Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute ansi2knr,
but only under the conditions described in the GPL. A copy of this license
is supposed to have been given to you along with ansi2knr so you can know
your rights and responsibilities. It should be in a file named COPYLEFT,
or, if there is no file named COPYLEFT, a file named COPYING. Among other
things, the copyright notice and this notice must be preserved on all
copies.
We explicitly state here what we believe is already implied by the GPL: if
the ansi2knr program is distributed as a separate set of sources and a
separate executable file which are aggregated on a storage medium together
with another program, this in itself does not bring the other program under
the GPL, nor does the mere fact that such a program or the procedures for
constructing it invoke the ansi2knr executable bring any other part of the
program under the GPL.
*/
/*
* Usage:
ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]
* --filename provides the file name for the #line directive in the output,
* overriding input_file (if present).
* If no input_file is supplied, input is read from stdin.
* If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
* There are no error messages.
*
* ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
* identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis,
* with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line,
* and with a left brace as the first token on the following line
* (ignoring possible intervening comments), except that a line
* consisting of only
* identifier1(identifier2)
* will not be considered a function definition unless identifier2 is
* the word "void", and a line consisting of
* identifier1(identifier2, <<arbitrary>>)
* will not be considered a function definition.
* ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided
* that no intervening line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
* These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that
* the function name must be the first thing on the line.
* The following constructs will confuse it:
* - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
* follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
* - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of function headers.
*/
/*
* The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
* <ghost@aladdin.com>. Other authors are noted in the change history
* that follows (in reverse chronological order):
lpd 1999-04-12 added minor fixes from Pavel Roskin
<pavel_roskin@geocities.com> for clean compilation with
gcc -W -Wall
lpd 1999-03-22 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
identifier1(identifier2, xxx) as *not* being procedures
lpd 1999-02-03 made indentation of preprocessor commands consistent
lpd 1999-01-28 fixed two bugs: a '/' in an argument list caused an
endless loop; quoted strings within an argument list
confused the parser
lpd 1999-01-24 added a check for write errors on the output,
suggested by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>
lpd 1998-11-09 added further hack to recognize identifier(void)
as being a procedure
lpd 1998-10-23 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
identifier1(identifier2) as *not* being procedures
lpd 1997-12-08 made input_file optional; only closes input and/or
output file if not stdin or stdout respectively; prints
usage message on stderr rather than stdout; adds
--filename switch (changes suggested by
<ceder@lysator.liu.se>)
lpd 1996-01-21 added code to cope with not HAVE_CONFIG_H and with
compilers that don't understand void, as suggested by
Tom Lane
lpd 1996-01-15 changed to require that the first non-comment token
on the line following a function header be a left brace,
to reduce sensitivity to macros, as suggested by Tom Lane
<tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
lpd 1995-06-22 removed #ifndefs whose sole purpose was to define
undefined preprocessor symbols as 0; changed all #ifdefs
for configuration symbols to #ifs
lpd 1995-04-05 changed copyright notice to make it clear that
including ansi2knr in a program does not bring the entire
program under the GPL
lpd 1994-12-18 added conditionals for systems where ctype macros
don't handle 8-bit characters properly, suggested by
Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
removed --varargs switch (this is now the default)
lpd 1994-10-10 removed CONFIG_BROKETS conditional
lpd 1994-07-16 added some conditionals to help GNU `configure',
suggested by Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
properly erase prototype args in function parameters,
contributed by Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>;
correct error in writeblanks (it shouldn't erase EOLs)
lpd 1989-xx-xx original version
*/
/* Most of the conditionals here are to make ansi2knr work with */
/* or without the GNU configure machinery. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
/*
For properly autoconfiguring ansi2knr, use AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h).
This will define HAVE_CONFIG_H and so, activate the following lines.
*/
# if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
# else
# include <strings.h>
# endif
#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
/* Otherwise do it the hard way */
# ifdef BSD
# include <strings.h>
# else
# ifdef VMS
extern int strlen(), strncmp();
# else
# include <string.h>
# endif
# endif
#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
/*
malloc and free should be declared in stdlib.h,
but if you've got a K&R compiler, they probably aren't.
*/
# ifdef MSDOS
# include <malloc.h>
# else
# ifdef VMS
extern char *malloc();
extern void free();
# else
extern char *malloc();
extern int free();
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Define NULL (for *very* old compilers). */
#ifndef NULL
# define NULL (0)
#endif
/*
* The ctype macros don't always handle 8-bit characters correctly.
* Compensate for this here.
*/
#ifdef isascii
# undef HAVE_ISASCII /* just in case */
# define HAVE_ISASCII 1
#else
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || !HAVE_ISASCII
# define is_ascii(c) 1
#else
# define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
#endif
#define is_space(c) (is_ascii(c) && isspace(c))
#define is_alpha(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalpha(c))
#define is_alnum(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalnum(c))
/* Scanning macros */
#define isidchar(ch) (is_alnum(ch) || (ch) == '_')
#define isidfirstchar(ch) (is_alpha(ch) || (ch) == '_')
/* Forward references */
char *skipspace();
char *scanstring();
int writeblanks();
int test1();
int convert1();
/* The main program */
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{ FILE *in = stdin;
FILE *out = stdout;
char *filename = 0;
char *program_name = argv[0];
char *output_name = 0;
#define bufsize 5000 /* arbitrary size */
char *buf;
char *line;
char *more;
char *usage =
"Usage: ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]\n";
/*
* In previous versions, ansi2knr recognized a --varargs switch.
* If this switch was supplied, ansi2knr would attempt to convert
* a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl; if this switch was not
* supplied, ansi2knr would simply drop any such arguments.
* Now, ansi2knr always does this conversion, and we only
* check for this switch for backward compatibility.
*/
int convert_varargs = 1;
int output_error;
while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' ) {
if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--varargs") ) {
convert_varargs = 1;
argc--;
argv++;
continue;
}
if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--filename") && argc > 2 ) {
filename = argv[2];
argc -= 2;
argv += 2;
continue;
}
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unrecognized switch: %s\n", program_name,
argv[1]);
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(1);
}
switch ( argc )
{
default:
fprintf(stderr, usage);
exit(0);
case 3:
output_name = argv[2];
out = fopen(output_name, "w");
if ( out == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open output file %s\n",
program_name, output_name);
exit(1);
}
/* falls through */
case 2:
in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
if ( in == NULL ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open input file %s\n",
program_name, argv[1]);
exit(1);
}
if ( filename == 0 )
filename = argv[1];
/* falls through */
case 1:
break;
}
if ( filename )
fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", filename);
buf = malloc(bufsize);
if ( buf == NULL )
{
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate read buffer!\n");
exit(1);
}
line = buf;
while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
{
test: line += strlen(line);
switch ( test1(buf) )
{
case 2: /* a function header */
convert1(buf, out, 1, convert_varargs);
break;
case 1: /* a function */
/* Check for a { at the start of the next line. */
more = ++line;
f: if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
goto wl;
if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
goto wl;
switch ( *skipspace(more, 1) )
{
case '{':
/* Definitely a function header. */
convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
fputs(more, out);
break;
case 0:
/* The next line was blank or a comment: */
/* keep scanning for a non-comment. */
line += strlen(line);
goto f;
default:
/* buf isn't a function header, but */
/* more might be. */
fputs(buf, out);
strcpy(buf, more);
line = buf;
goto test;
}
break;
case -1: /* maybe the start of a function */
if ( line != buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
continue;
/* falls through */
default: /* not a function */
wl: fputs(buf, out);
break;
}
line = buf;
}
if ( line != buf )
fputs(buf, out);
free(buf);
if ( output_name ) {
output_error = ferror(out);
output_error |= fclose(out);
} else { /* out == stdout */
fflush(out);
output_error = ferror(out);
}
if ( output_error ) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: error writing to %s\n", program_name,
(output_name ? output_name : "stdout"));
exit(1);
}
if ( in != stdin )
fclose(in);
return 0;
}
/* Skip over whitespace and comments, in either direction. */
char *
skipspace(p, dir)
register char *p;
register int dir; /* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
{ for ( ; ; )
{ while ( is_space(*p) )
p += dir;
if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
break;
p += dir; p += dir;
while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') )
{ if ( *p == 0 )
return p; /* multi-line comment?? */
p += dir;
}
p += dir; p += dir;
}
return p;
}
/* Scan over a quoted string, in either direction. */
char *
scanstring(p, dir)
register char *p;
register int dir;
{
for (p += dir; ; p += dir)
if (*p == '"' && p[-dir] != '\\')
return p + dir;
}
/*
* Write blanks over part of a string.
* Don't overwrite end-of-line characters.
*/
int
writeblanks(start, end)
char *start;
char *end;
{ char *p;
for ( p = start; p < end; p++ )
if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' )
*p = ' ';
return 0;
}
/*
* Test whether the string in buf is a function definition.
* The string may contain and/or end with a newline.
* Return as follows:
* 0 - definitely not a function definition;
* 1 - definitely a function definition;
* 2 - definitely a function prototype (NOT USED);
* -1 - may be the beginning of a function definition,
* append another line and look again.
* The reason we don't attempt to convert function prototypes is that
* Ghostscript's declaration-generating macros look too much like
* prototypes, and confuse the algorithms.
*/
int
test1(buf)
char *buf;
{ register char *p = buf;
char *bend;
char *endfn;
int contin;
if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
return 0; /* no name at left margin */
bend = skipspace(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, -1);
switch ( *bend )
{
case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
case ')': contin = 1; break;
case '{': return 0; /* not a function */
case '}': return 0; /* not a function */
default: contin = -1;
}
while ( isidchar(*p) )
p++;
endfn = p;
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if ( *p++ != '(' )
return 0; /* not a function */
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if ( *p == ')' )
return 0; /* no parameters */
/* Check that the apparent function name isn't a keyword. */
/* We only need to check for keywords that could be followed */
/* by a left parenthesis (which, unfortunately, is most of them). */
{ static char *words[] =
{ "asm", "auto", "case", "char", "const", "double",
"extern", "float", "for", "if", "int", "long",
"register", "return", "short", "signed", "sizeof",
"static", "switch", "typedef", "unsigned",
"void", "volatile", "while", 0
};
char **key = words;
char *kp;
unsigned len = endfn - buf;
while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
{ if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
return 0; /* name is a keyword */
key++;
}
}
{
char *id = p;
int len;
/*
* Check for identifier1(identifier2) and not
* identifier1(void), or identifier1(identifier2, xxxx).
*/
while ( isidchar(*p) )
p++;
len = p - id;
p = skipspace(p, 1);
if (*p == ',' ||
(*p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)))
)
return 0; /* not a function */
}
/*
* If the last significant character was a ), we need to count
* parentheses, because it might be part of a formal parameter
* that is a procedure.
*/
if (contin > 0) {
int level = 0;
for (p = skipspace(buf, 1); *p; p = skipspace(p + 1, 1))
level += (*p == '(' ? 1 : *p == ')' ? -1 : 0);
if (level > 0)
contin = -1;
}
return contin;
}
/* Convert a recognized function definition or header to K&R syntax. */
int
convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
char *buf;
FILE *out;
int header; /* Boolean */
int convert_varargs; /* Boolean */
{ char *endfn;
register char *p;
/*
* The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
* of each argument.
*/
char **breaks;
unsigned num_breaks = 2; /* for testing */
char **btop;
char **bp;
char **ap;
char *vararg = 0;
/* Pre-ANSI implementations don't agree on whether strchr */
/* is called strchr or index, so we open-code it here. */
for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; )
;
top: p = endfn;
breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
if ( breaks == NULL )
{ /* Couldn't allocate break table, give up */
fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate break table!\n");
fputs(buf, out);
return -1;
}
btop = breaks + num_breaks * 2 - 2;
bp = breaks;
/* Parse the argument list */
do
{ int level = 0;
char *lp = NULL;
char *rp = NULL;
char *end = NULL;
if ( bp >= btop )
{ /* Filled up break table. */
/* Allocate a bigger one and start over. */
free((char *)breaks);
num_breaks <<= 1;
goto top;
}
*bp++ = p;
/* Find the end of the argument */
for ( ; end == NULL; p++ )
{ switch(*p)
{
case ',':
if ( !level ) end = p;
break;
case '(':
if ( !level ) lp = p;
level++;
break;
case ')':
if ( --level < 0 ) end = p;
else rp = p;
break;
case '/':
if (p[1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, 1) - 1;
break;
default:
;
}
}
/* Erase any embedded prototype parameters. */
if ( lp && rp )
writeblanks(lp + 1, rp);
p--; /* back up over terminator */
/* Find the name being declared. */
/* This is complicated because of procedure and */
/* array modifiers. */
for ( ; ; )
{ p = skipspace(p - 1, -1);
switch ( *p )
{
case ']': /* skip array dimension(s) */
case ')': /* skip procedure args OR name */
{ int level = 1;
while ( level )
switch ( *--p )
{
case ']': case ')':
level++;
break;
case '[': case '(':
level--;
break;
case '/':
if (p > buf && p[-1] == '*')
p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1;
break;
case '"':
p = scanstring(p, -1) + 1;
break;
default: ;
}
}
if ( *p == '(' && *skipspace(p + 1, 1) == '*' )
{ /* We found the name being declared */
while ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
goto found;
}
break;
default:
goto found;
}
}
found: if ( *p == '.' && p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' )
{ if ( convert_varargs )
{ *bp++ = "va_alist";
vararg = p-2;
}
else
{ p++;
if ( bp == breaks + 1 ) /* sole argument */
writeblanks(breaks[0], p);
else
writeblanks(bp[-1] - 1, p);
bp--;
}
}
else
{ while ( isidchar(*p) ) p--;
*bp++ = p+1;
}
p = end;
}
while ( *p++ == ',' );
*bp = p;
/* Make a special check for 'void' arglist */
if ( bp == breaks+2 )
{ p = skipspace(breaks[0], 1);
if ( !strncmp(p, "void", 4) )
{ p = skipspace(p+4, 1);
if ( p == breaks[2] - 1 )
{ bp = breaks; /* yup, pretend arglist is empty */
writeblanks(breaks[0], p + 1);
}
}
}
/* Put out the function name and left parenthesis. */
p = buf;
while ( p != endfn ) putc(*p, out), p++;
/* Put out the declaration. */
if ( header )
{ fputs(");", out);
for ( p = breaks[0]; *p; p++ )
if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' )
putc(*p, out);
}
else
{ for ( ap = breaks+1; ap < bp; ap += 2 )
{ p = *ap;
while ( isidchar(*p) )
putc(*p, out), p++;
if ( ap < bp - 1 )
fputs(", ", out);
}
fputs(") ", out);
/* Put out the argument declarations */
for ( ap = breaks+2; ap <= bp; ap += 2 )
(*ap)[-1] = ';';
if ( vararg != 0 )
{ *vararg = 0;
fputs(breaks[0], out); /* any prior args */
fputs("va_dcl", out); /* the final arg */
fputs(bp[0], out);
}
else
fputs(breaks[0], out);
}
free((char *)breaks);
return 0;
}

1800
src/bin/network/wget/src/cmpt.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

75
src/bin/network/wget/src/config-post.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Some autoconf-unrelated preprocessor magic that needs to be done
before including the system includes and therefore cannot belong in
sysdep.h. This file is included at the bottom of config.h. */
/* Alloca-related defines, straight out of the Autoconf manual. */
/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
#ifndef __GNUC__
# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
void *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __sun
# ifdef __SVR4
# define solaris
# endif
#endif
/* The "namespace tweaks" below attempt to set a friendly "compilation
environment" under popular operating systems. Default compilation
environment often means that some functions that are "extensions"
are not declared -- `strptime' is one example.
But non-default environments can expose bugs in the system header
files, crippling compilation in _very_ non-obvious ways. Because
of that, we define them only on well-tested architectures where we
know they will work. */
#undef NAMESPACE_TWEAKS
#ifdef solaris
# define NAMESPACE_TWEAKS
#endif
#ifdef __linux__
# define NAMESPACE_TWEAKS
#endif
#ifdef NAMESPACE_TWEAKS
/* Request the "Unix 98 compilation environment". */
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
/* For Solaris: request everything else that is available and doesn't
conflict with the above. */
#define __EXTENSIONS__
/* For Linux: request features of 4.3BSD and SVID (System V Interface
Definition). */
#define _SVID_SOURCE
#define _BSD_SOURCE
#endif /* NAMESPACE_TWEAKS */
/* Determine whether to use stdarg. Use it only if the compiler
supports ANSI C and stdarg.h is present. We check for both because
there are configurations where stdarg.h exists, but doesn't work.
This check cannot be in sysdep.h because we use it to choose which
system headers to include. */
#ifndef WGET_USE_STDARG
# ifdef __STDC__
# ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
# define WGET_USE_STDARG
# endif
# endif
#endif /* not WGET_USE_STDARG */

353
src/bin/network/wget/src/config.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/* src/config.h. Generated by configure. */
/* src/config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
/* Define if you want the debug output support compiled in. */
#define ENABLE_DEBUG 1
/* Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in. */
#define ENABLE_DIGEST 1
/* Define if IPv6 support is enabled. */
/* #undef ENABLE_IPV6 */
/* Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in. */
/* #undef ENABLE_NTLM */
/* Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in. */
#define ENABLE_OPIE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `access' function. */
#define HAVE_ACCESS 1
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
/* Define to use built-in MD5. */
#define HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME */
/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello' function. */
#define HAVE_FTELLO 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getaddrinfo' function. */
#define HAVE_GETADDRINFO 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettext' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntoa' function. */
#define HAVE_INET_NTOA 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function. */
#define HAVE_ISATTY 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `dl' library (-ldl). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBDL */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `nsl' library (-lnsl). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBNSL */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rt' library (-lrt). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBRT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */
#define HAVE_LIBSOCKET 1
/* Define if you have the ssl library. */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBSSL */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H */
/* Define if we're compiling support for MD5. */
#define HAVE_MD5 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktime' function. */
#define HAVE_MKTIME 1
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
/* #undef HAVE_MMAP */
/* Define if you have the nanosleep function. */
/* #undef HAVE_NANOSLEEP */
/* Define this if you want the NLS support. */
/* #undef HAVE_NLS */
/* Define to use OpenSSL MD5. */
/* #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5 */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
#define HAVE_SELECT 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <setjmp.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SETJMP_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigblock' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_SIGBLOCK */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `signal' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGNAL 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetjmp' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGSETJMP 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sig_atomic_t'. */
#define HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
/* Define if struct sockaddr_in6 has the sin6_scope_id member */
/* #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID */
/* Define to use Solaris MD5. */
/* #undef HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5 */
/* Define if SSL support is being compiled in. */
/* #undef HAVE_SSL */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strpbrk' function. */
#define HAVE_STRPBRK 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strptime' function. */
#define HAVE_STRPTIME 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoimax' function. */
#define HAVE_STRTOIMAX 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 */
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE 1
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct utimbuf'. */
#define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
#define HAVE_SYMLINK 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utime.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_TIMEGM */
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */
#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
#define HAVE_USLEEP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
/* Define if fnmatch.h can be included. */
#define HAVE_WORKING_FNMATCH_H 1
/* Define to be the name of the operating system. */
#define OS_TYPE "beos"
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_NAME ""
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_STRING ""
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_VERSION ""
/* Define to 1 if the C compiler supports function prototypes. */
#define PROTOTYPES 1
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#define RETSIGTYPE void
/* The size of a `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
/* The size of a `long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
/* The size of a `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8
/* The size of a `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_OFF_T 8
/* The size of a `short', as computed by sizeof. */
#define SIZEOF_SHORT 2
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
/* Define to 1 if on AIX 3.
System headers sometimes define this.
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
/* # undef _ALL_SOURCE */
#endif
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
/* #undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS */
/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
/* #undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE */
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */
#define __PROTOTYPES 1
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef const */
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
/* #undef inline */
#endif
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef pid_t */
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef size_t */
/* Define to int or size_t on systems without socklen_t. */
/* #undef socklen_t int */
/* Define to empty if the keyword `volatile' does not work. Warning: valid
code using `volatile' can become incorrect without. Disable with care. */
/* #undef volatile */
#include "config-post.h"

352
src/bin/network/wget/src/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
/* src/config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define if you want the debug output support compiled in. */
#undef ENABLE_DEBUG
/* Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in. */
#undef ENABLE_DIGEST
/* Define if IPv6 support is enabled. */
#undef ENABLE_IPV6
/* Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in. */
#undef ENABLE_NTLM
/* Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in. */
#undef ENABLE_OPIE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `access' function. */
#undef HAVE_ACCESS
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to use built-in MD5. */
#undef HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
#undef HAVE_FSEEKO
/* Define to 1 if you have the `ftello' function. */
#undef HAVE_FTELLO
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getaddrinfo' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gethostbyname' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettext' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntoa' function. */
#undef HAVE_INET_NTOA
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISATTY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `dl' library (-ldl). */
#undef HAVE_LIBDL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `nsl' library (-lnsl). */
#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rt' library (-lrt). */
#undef HAVE_LIBRT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */
#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
/* Define if you have the ssl library. */
#undef HAVE_LIBSSL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define if we're compiling support for MD5. */
#undef HAVE_MD5
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mktime' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKTIME
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define if you have the nanosleep function. */
#undef HAVE_NANOSLEEP
/* Define this if you want the NLS support. */
#undef HAVE_NLS
/* Define to use OpenSSL MD5. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5
/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_PWD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
#undef HAVE_SELECT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <setjmp.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SETJMP_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigblock' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGBLOCK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `signal' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGNAL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SIGNAL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetjmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGSETJMP
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sig_atomic_t'. */
#undef HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
/* Define if struct sockaddr_in6 has the sin6_scope_id member */
#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
/* Define to use Solaris MD5. */
#undef HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5
/* Define if SSL support is being compiled in. */
#undef HAVE_SSL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strpbrk' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRPBRK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strptime' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRPTIME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRSTR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoimax' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOIMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOLL
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct utimbuf'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
#undef HAVE_SYMLINK
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utime.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_UTIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */
#undef HAVE_UINT32_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
#undef HAVE_USLEEP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
/* Define if fnmatch.h can be included. */
#undef HAVE_WORKING_FNMATCH_H
/* Define to be the name of the operating system. */
#undef OS_TYPE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define to 1 if the C compiler supports function prototypes. */
#undef PROTOTYPES
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* The size of a `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_INT
/* The size of a `long', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
/* The size of a `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
/* The size of a `off_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
/* The size of a `short', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_SHORT
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/* Define to 1 if on AIX 3.
System headers sometimes define this.
We just want to avoid a redefinition error message. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
#undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
#undef _LARGE_FILES
/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */
#undef __PROTOTYPES
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define to int or size_t on systems without socklen_t. */
#undef socklen_t
/* Define to empty if the keyword `volatile' does not work. Warning: valid
code using `volatile' can become incorrect without. Disable with care. */
#undef volatile
#include "config-post.h"

955
src/bin/network/wget/src/connect.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,955 @@
/* Establishing and handling network connections.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Wget.
GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Wget; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include <assert.h>
#ifndef WINDOWS
# include <sys/socket.h>
# include <netdb.h>
# include <netinet/in.h>
# ifndef __BEOS__
# include <arpa/inet.h>
# endif
#endif /* not WINDOWS */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
# include <sys/select.h>
#endif /* HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */
#include "wget.h"
#include "utils.h"
#include "host.h"
#include "connect.h"
#include "hash.h"
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
/* Define sockaddr_storage where unavailable (presumably on IPv4-only
hosts). */
#ifndef ENABLE_IPV6
# ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
# define sockaddr_storage sockaddr_in
# endif
#endif /* ENABLE_IPV6 */
/* Fill SA as per the data in IP and PORT. SA shoult point to struct
sockaddr_storage if ENABLE_IPV6 is defined, to struct sockaddr_in
otherwise. */
static void
sockaddr_set_data (struct sockaddr *sa, const ip_address *ip, int port)
{
switch (ip->type)
{
case IPV4_ADDRESS:
{
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
xzero (*sin);
sin->sin_family = AF_INET;
sin->sin_port = htons (port);
sin->sin_addr = ADDRESS_IPV4_IN_ADDR (ip);
break;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
case IPV6_ADDRESS:
{
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa;
xzero (*sin6);
sin6->sin6_family = AF_INET6;
sin6->sin6_port = htons (port);
sin6->sin6_addr = ADDRESS_IPV6_IN6_ADDR (ip);
#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
sin6->sin6_scope_id = ADDRESS_IPV6_SCOPE (ip);
#endif
break;
}
#endif /* ENABLE_IPV6 */
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Get the data of SA, specifically the IP address and the port. If
you're not interested in one or the other information, pass NULL as
the pointer. */
static void
sockaddr_get_data (const struct sockaddr *sa, ip_address *ip, int *port)
{
switch (sa->sa_family)
{
case AF_INET:
{
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
if (ip)
{
ip->type = IPV4_ADDRESS;
ADDRESS_IPV4_IN_ADDR (ip) = sin->sin_addr;
}
if (port)
*port = ntohs (sin->sin_port);
break;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
case AF_INET6:
{
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa;
if (ip)
{
ip->type = IPV6_ADDRESS;
ADDRESS_IPV6_IN6_ADDR (ip) = sin6->sin6_addr;
#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
ADDRESS_IPV6_SCOPE (ip) = sin6->sin6_scope_id;
#endif
}
if (port)
*port = ntohs (sin6->sin6_port);
break;
}
#endif
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Return the size of the sockaddr structure depending on its
family. */
static socklen_t
sockaddr_size (const struct sockaddr *sa)
{
switch (sa->sa_family)
{
case AF_INET:
return sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
case AF_INET6:
return sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6);
#endif
default:
abort ();
}
}
static int
resolve_bind_address (struct sockaddr *sa)
{
struct address_list *al;
/* Make sure this is called only once. opt.bind_address doesn't
change during a Wget run. */
static int called, should_bind;
static ip_address ip;
if (called)
{
if (should_bind)
sockaddr_set_data (sa, &ip, 0);
return should_bind;
}
called = 1;
al = lookup_host (opt.bind_address, LH_BIND | LH_SILENT);
if (!al)
{
/* #### We should be able to print the error message here. */
logprintf (LOG_NOTQUIET,
_("%s: unable to resolve bind address `%s'; disabling bind.\n"),
exec_name, opt.bind_address);
should_bind = 0;
return 0;
}
/* Pick the first address in the list and use it as bind address.
Perhaps we should try multiple addresses in succession, but I
don't think that's necessary in practice. */
ip = *address_list_address_at (al, 0);
address_list_release (al);
sockaddr_set_data (sa, &ip, 0);
should_bind = 1;
return 1;
}
struct cwt_context {
int fd;
const struct sockaddr *addr;
socklen_t addrlen;
int result;
};
static void
connect_with_timeout_callback (void *arg)
{
struct cwt_context *ctx = (struct cwt_context *)arg;
ctx->result = connect (ctx->fd, ctx->addr, ctx->addrlen);
}
/* Like connect, but specifies a timeout. If connecting takes longer
than TIMEOUT seconds, -1 is returned and errno is set to
ETIMEDOUT. */
static int
connect_with_timeout (int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen,
double timeout)
{
struct cwt_context ctx;
ctx.fd = fd;
ctx.addr = addr;
ctx.addrlen = addrlen;
if (run_with_timeout (timeout, connect_with_timeout_callback, &ctx))
{
errno = ETIMEDOUT;
return -1;
}
if (ctx.result == -1 && errno == EINTR)
errno = ETIMEDOUT;
return ctx.result;
}
/* Connect via TCP to the specified address and port.
If PRINT is non-NULL, it is the host name to print that we're
connecting to. */
int
connect_to_ip (const ip_address *ip, int port, const char *print)
{
struct sockaddr_storage ss;
struct sockaddr *sa = (struct sockaddr *)&ss;
int sock;
/* If PRINT is non-NULL, print the "Connecting to..." line, with
PRINT being the host name we're connecting to. */
if (print)
{
const char *txt_addr = pretty_print_address (ip);
if (print && 0 != strcmp (print, txt_addr))
logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... "),
escnonprint (print), txt_addr, port);
else
logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("Connecting to %s:%d... "), txt_addr, port);
}
/* Store the sockaddr info to SA. */
sockaddr_set_data (sa, ip, port);
/* Create the socket of the family appropriate for the address. */
sock = socket (sa->sa_family, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (sock < 0)
goto err;
#if defined(ENABLE_IPV6) && defined(IPV6_V6ONLY)
if (opt.ipv6_only) {
int on = 1;
/* In case of error, we will go on anyway... */
int err = setsockopt (sock, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_V6ONLY, &on, sizeof (on));
#ifdef ENABLE_DEBUG
if (err < 0)
DEBUGP (("Failed setting IPV6_V6ONLY: %s", strerror (errno)));
#endif
}
#endif
/* For very small rate limits, set the buffer size (and hence,
hopefully, the kernel's TCP window size) to the per-second limit.
That way we should never have to sleep for more than 1s between
network reads. */
if (opt.limit_rate && opt.limit_rate < 8192)
{
int bufsize = opt.limit_rate;
if (bufsize < 512)
bufsize = 512; /* avoid pathologically small values */
#ifdef SO_RCVBUF
setsockopt (sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF,
(void *)&bufsize, (socklen_t)sizeof (bufsize));
#endif
/* When we add limit_rate support for writing, which is useful
for POST, we should also set SO_SNDBUF here. */
}
if (opt.bind_address)
{
/* Bind the client side of the socket to the requested
address. */
struct sockaddr_storage bind_ss;
struct sockaddr *bind_sa = (struct sockaddr *)&bind_ss;
if (resolve_bind_address (bind_sa))
{
if (bind (sock, bind_sa, sockaddr_size (bind_sa)) < 0)
goto err;
}
}
/* Connect the socket to the remote endpoint. */
if (connect_with_timeout (sock, sa, sockaddr_size (sa),
opt.connect_timeout) < 0)
goto err;
/* Success. */
assert (sock >= 0);
if (print)
logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("connected.\n"));
DEBUGP (("Created socket %d.\n", sock));
return sock;
err:
{
/* Protect errno from possible modifications by close and
logprintf. */
int save_errno = errno;
if (sock >= 0)
fd_close (sock);
if (print)
logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("failed: %s.\n"), strerror (errno));
errno = save_errno;
return -1;
}
}
/* Connect via TCP to a remote host on the specified port.
HOST is resolved as an Internet host name. If HOST resolves to
more than one IP address, they are tried in the order returned by
DNS until connecting to one of them succeeds. */
int
connect_to_host (const char *host, int port)
{
int i, start, end;
int sock;
struct address_list *al = lookup_host (host, 0);
retry:
if (!al)
return E_HOST;
address_list_get_bounds (al, &start, &end);
for (i = start; i < end; i++)
{
const ip_address *ip = address_list_address_at (al, i);
sock = connect_to_ip (ip, port, host);
if (sock >= 0)
{
/* Success. */
address_list_set_connected (al);
address_list_release (al);
return sock;
}
/* The attempt to connect has failed. Continue with the loop
and try next address. */
address_list_set_faulty (al, i);
}
/* Failed to connect to any of the addresses in AL. */
if (address_list_connected_p (al))
{
/* We connected to AL before, but cannot do so now. That might
indicate that our DNS cache entry for HOST has expired. */
address_list_release (al);
al = lookup_host (host, LH_REFRESH);
goto retry;
}
address_list_release (al);
return -1;
}
/* Create a socket, bind it to local interface BIND_ADDRESS on port
*PORT, set up a listen backlog, and return the resulting socket, or
-1 in case of error.
BIND_ADDRESS is the address of the interface to bind to. If it is
NULL, the socket is bound to the default address. PORT should
point to the port number that will be used for the binding. If
that number is 0, the system will choose a suitable port, and the
chosen value will be written to *PORT.
Calling accept() on such a socket waits for and accepts incoming
TCP connections. */
int
bind_local (const ip_address *bind_address, int *port)
{
int sock;
int family = AF_INET;
struct sockaddr_storage ss;
struct sockaddr *sa = (struct sockaddr *)&ss;
/* For setting options with setsockopt. */
int setopt_val = 1;
void *setopt_ptr = (void *)&setopt_val;
socklen_t setopt_size = sizeof (setopt_val);
#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
if (bind_address->type == IPV6_ADDRESS)
family = AF_INET6;
#endif
sock = socket (family, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
if (sock < 0)
return -1;
#ifdef SO_REUSEADDR
setsockopt (sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, setopt_ptr, setopt_size);
#endif
xzero (ss);
sockaddr_set_data (sa, bind_address, *port);
if (bind (sock, sa, sockaddr_size (sa)) < 0)
{
fd_close (sock);
return -1;
}
DEBUGP (("Local socket fd %d bound.\n", sock));
/* If *PORT is 0, find out which port we've bound to. */
if (*port == 0)
{
socklen_t addrlen = sockaddr_size (sa);
if (getsockname (sock, sa, &addrlen) < 0)
{
/* If we can't find out the socket's local address ("name"),
something is seriously wrong with the socket, and it's
unusable for us anyway because we must know the chosen
port. */
fd_close (sock);
return -1;
}
sockaddr_get_data (sa, NULL, port);
DEBUGP (("binding to address %s using port %i.\n",
pretty_print_address (bind_address), *port));
}
if (listen (sock, 1) < 0)
{
fd_close (sock);
return -1;
}
return sock;
}
/* Like a call to accept(), but with the added check for timeout.
In other words, accept a client connection on LOCAL_SOCK, and
return the new socket used for communication with the client.
LOCAL_SOCK should have been bound, e.g. using bind_local().
The caller is blocked until a connection is established. If no
connection is established for opt.connect_timeout seconds, the
function exits with an error status. */
int
accept_connection (int local_sock)
{
int sock;
/* We don't need the values provided by accept, but accept
apparently requires them to be present. */
struct sockaddr_storage ss;
struct sockaddr *sa = (struct sockaddr *)&ss;
socklen_t addrlen = sizeof (ss);
if (opt.connect_timeout)
{
int test = select_fd (local_sock, opt.connect_timeout, WAIT_FOR_READ);
if (test == 0)
errno = ETIMEDOUT;
if (test <= 0)
return -1;
}
sock = accept (local_sock, sa, &addrlen);
DEBUGP (("Accepted client at socket %d.\n", sock));
return sock;
}
/* Get the IP address associated with the connection on FD and store
it to IP. Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
If ENDPOINT is ENDPOINT_LOCAL, it returns the address of the local
(client) side of the socket. Else if ENDPOINT is ENDPOINT_PEER, it
returns the address of the remote (peer's) side of the socket. */
int
socket_ip_address (int sock, ip_address *ip, int endpoint)
{
struct sockaddr_storage storage;
struct sockaddr *sockaddr = (struct sockaddr *)&storage;
socklen_t addrlen = sizeof (storage);
int ret;
if (endpoint == ENDPOINT_LOCAL)
ret = getsockname (sock, sockaddr, &addrlen);
else if (endpoint == ENDPOINT_PEER)
ret = getpeername (sock, sockaddr, &addrlen);
else
abort ();
if (ret < 0)
return 0;
switch (sockaddr->sa_family)
{
#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
case AF_INET6:
{
struct sockaddr_in6 *sa6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&storage;
ip->type = IPV6_ADDRESS;
ADDRESS_IPV6_IN6_ADDR (ip) = sa6->sin6_addr;
#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
ADDRESS_IPV6_SCOPE (ip) = sa6->sin6_scope_id;
#endif
DEBUGP (("conaddr is: %s\n", pretty_print_address (ip)));
return 1;
}
#endif
case AF_INET:
{
struct sockaddr_in *sa = (struct sockaddr_in *)&storage;
ip->type = IPV4_ADDRESS;
ADDRESS_IPV4_IN_ADDR (ip) = sa->sin_addr;
DEBUGP (("conaddr is: %s\n", pretty_print_address (ip)));
return 1;
}
default:
abort ();
}
}
/* Return non-zero if the error from the connect code can be
considered retryable. Wget normally retries after errors, but the
exception are the "unsupported protocol" type errors (possible on
IPv4/IPv6 dual family systems) and "connection refused". */
int
retryable_socket_connect_error (int err)
{
/* Have to guard against some of these values not being defined.
Cannot use a switch statement because some of the values might be
equal. */
if (0
#ifdef EAFNOSUPPORT
|| err == EAFNOSUPPORT
#endif
#ifdef EPFNOSUPPORT
|| err == EPFNOSUPPORT
#endif
#ifdef ESOCKTNOSUPPORT /* no, "sockt" is not a typo! */
|| err == ESOCKTNOSUPPORT
#endif
#ifdef EPROTONOSUPPORT
|| err == EPROTONOSUPPORT
#endif
#ifdef ENOPROTOOPT
|| err == ENOPROTOOPT
#endif
/* Apparently, older versions of Linux and BSD used EINVAL
instead of EAFNOSUPPORT and such. */
|| err == EINVAL
)
return 0;
if (!opt.retry_connrefused)
if (err == ECONNREFUSED
#ifdef ENETUNREACH
|| err == ENETUNREACH /* network is unreachable */
#endif
#ifdef EHOSTUNREACH
|| err == EHOSTUNREACH /* host is unreachable */
#endif
)
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Wait for a single descriptor to become available, timing out after
MAXTIME seconds. Returns 1 if FD is available, 0 for timeout and
-1 for error. The argument WAIT_FOR can be a combination of
WAIT_FOR_READ and WAIT_FOR_WRITE.
This is a mere convenience wrapper around the select call, and
should be taken as such (for example, it doesn't implement Wget's
0-timeout-means-no-timeout semantics.) */
int
select_fd (int fd, double maxtime, int wait_for)
{
#ifdef HAVE_SELECT
fd_set fdset;
fd_set *rd = NULL, *wr = NULL;
struct timeval tmout;
int result;
FD_ZERO (&fdset);
FD_SET (fd, &fdset);
if (wait_for & WAIT_FOR_READ)
rd = &fdset;
if (wait_for & WAIT_FOR_WRITE)
wr = &fdset;
tmout.tv_sec = (long) maxtime;
tmout.tv_usec = 1000000 * (maxtime - (long) maxtime);
do
result = select (fd + 1, rd, wr, NULL, &tmout);
while (result < 0 && errno == EINTR);
return result;
#else /* not HAVE_SELECT */
/* If select() unavailable, just return 1. In most usages in Wget,
this is the appropriate response -- "if we can't poll, go ahead
with the blocking operation". If a specific part of code needs
different behavior, it can use #ifdef HAVE_SELECT to test whether
polling really occurs. */
return 1;
#endif /* not HAVE_SELECT */
}
int
test_socket_open (int sock)
{
#ifdef HAVE_SELECT
fd_set check_set;
struct timeval to;
/* Check if we still have a valid (non-EOF) connection. From Andrew
* Maholski's code in the Unix Socket FAQ. */
FD_ZERO (&check_set);
FD_SET (sock, &check_set);
/* Wait one microsecond */
to.tv_sec = 0;
to.tv_usec = 1;
/* If we get a timeout, then that means still connected */
if (select (sock + 1, &check_set, NULL, NULL, &to) == 0)
{
/* Connection is valid (not EOF), so continue */
return 1;
}
else
return 0;
#else
/* Without select, it's hard to know for sure. */
return 1;
#endif
}
/* Basic socket operations, mostly EINTR wrappers. */
#ifdef WINDOWS
# define read(fd, buf, cnt) recv (fd, buf, cnt, 0)
# define write(fd, buf, cnt) send (fd, buf, cnt, 0)
# define close(fd) closesocket (fd)
#endif
#ifdef __BEOS__
# define read(fd, buf, cnt) recv (fd, buf, cnt, 0)
# define write(fd, buf, cnt) send (fd, buf, cnt, 0)
#endif
static int
sock_read (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize)
{
int res;
do
res = read (fd, buf, bufsize);
while (res == -1 && errno == EINTR);
return res;
}
static int
sock_write (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize)
{
int res;
do
res = write (fd, buf, bufsize);
while (res == -1 && errno == EINTR);
return res;
}
static int
sock_poll (int fd, double timeout, int wait_for)
{
return select_fd (fd, timeout, wait_for);
}
static int
sock_peek (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize)
{
int res;
do
res = recv (fd, buf, bufsize, MSG_PEEK);
while (res == -1 && errno == EINTR);
return res;
}
static void
sock_close (int fd)
{
close (fd);
DEBUGP (("Closed fd %d\n", fd));
}
#undef read
#undef write
#undef close
/* Reading and writing from the network. We build around the socket
(file descriptor) API, but support "extended" operations for things
that are not mere file descriptors under the hood, such as SSL
sockets.
That way the user code can call fd_read(fd, ...) and we'll run read
or SSL_read or whatever is necessary. */
static struct hash_table *transport_map;
static int transport_map_modified_tick;
struct transport_info {
fd_reader_t reader;
fd_writer_t writer;
fd_poller_t poller;
fd_peeker_t peeker;
fd_closer_t closer;
void *ctx;
};
/* Register the transport layer operations that will be used when
reading, writing, and polling FD.
This should be used for transport layers like SSL that piggyback on
sockets. FD should otherwise be a real socket, on which you can
call getpeername, etc. */
void
fd_register_transport (int fd, fd_reader_t reader, fd_writer_t writer,
fd_poller_t poller, fd_peeker_t peeker,
fd_closer_t closer, void *ctx)
{
struct transport_info *info;
/* The file descriptor must be non-negative to be registered.
Negative values are ignored by fd_close(), and -1 cannot be used as
hash key. */
assert (fd >= 0);
info = xnew (struct transport_info);
info->reader = reader;
info->writer = writer;
info->poller = poller;
info->peeker = peeker;
info->closer = closer;
info->ctx = ctx;
if (!transport_map)
transport_map = hash_table_new (0, NULL, NULL);
hash_table_put (transport_map, (void *) fd, info);
++transport_map_modified_tick;
}
/* Return context of the transport registered with
fd_register_transport. This assumes fd_register_transport was
previously called on FD. */
void *
fd_transport_context (int fd)
{
struct transport_info *info = hash_table_get (transport_map, (void *) fd);
return info->ctx;
}
/* When fd_read/fd_write are called multiple times in a loop, they should
remember the INFO pointer instead of fetching it every time. It is
not enough to compare FD to LAST_FD because FD might have been
closed and reopened. modified_tick ensures that changes to
transport_map will not be unnoticed.
This is a macro because we want the static storage variables to be
per-function. */
#define LAZY_RETRIEVE_INFO(info) do { \
static struct transport_info *last_info; \
static int last_fd = -1, last_tick; \
if (!transport_map) \
info = NULL; \
else if (last_fd == fd && last_tick == transport_map_modified_tick) \
info = last_info; \
else \
{ \
info = hash_table_get (transport_map, (void *) fd); \
last_fd = fd; \
last_info = info; \
last_tick = transport_map_modified_tick; \
} \
} while (0)
static int
poll_internal (int fd, struct transport_info *info, int wf, double timeout)
{
if (timeout == -1)
timeout = opt.read_timeout;
if (timeout)
{
int test;
if (info && info->poller)
test = info->poller (fd, timeout, wf, info->ctx);
else
test = sock_poll (fd, timeout, wf);
if (test == 0)
errno = ETIMEDOUT;
if (test <= 0)
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/* Read no more than BUFSIZE bytes of data from FD, storing them to
BUF. If TIMEOUT is non-zero, the operation aborts if no data is
received after that many seconds. If TIMEOUT is -1, the value of
opt.timeout is used for TIMEOUT. */
int
fd_read (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize, double timeout)
{
struct transport_info *info;
LAZY_RETRIEVE_INFO (info);
if (!poll_internal (fd, info, WAIT_FOR_READ, timeout))
return -1;
if (info && info->reader)
return info->reader (fd, buf, bufsize, info->ctx);
else
return sock_read (fd, buf, bufsize);
}
/* Like fd_read, except it provides a "preview" of the data that will
be read by subsequent calls to fd_read. Specifically, it copies no
more than BUFSIZE bytes of the currently available data to BUF and
returns the number of bytes copied. Return values and timeout
semantics are the same as those of fd_read.
CAVEAT: Do not assume that the first subsequent call to fd_read
will retrieve the same amount of data. Reading can return more or
less data, depending on the TCP implementation and other
circumstances. However, barring an error, it can be expected that
all the peeked data will eventually be read by fd_read. */
int
fd_peek (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize, double timeout)
{
struct transport_info *info;
LAZY_RETRIEVE_INFO (info);
if (!poll_internal (fd, info, WAIT_FOR_READ, timeout))
return -1;
if (info && info->peeker)
return info->peeker (fd, buf, bufsize, info->ctx);
else
return sock_peek (fd, buf, bufsize);
}
/* Write the entire contents of BUF to FD. If TIMEOUT is non-zero,
the operation aborts if no data is received after that many
seconds. If TIMEOUT is -1, the value of opt.timeout is used for
TIMEOUT. */
int
fd_write (int fd, char *buf, int bufsize, double timeout)
{
int res;
struct transport_info *info;
LAZY_RETRIEVE_INFO (info);
/* `write' may write less than LEN bytes, thus the loop keeps trying
it until all was written, or an error occurred. */
res = 0;
while (bufsize > 0)
{
if (!poll_internal (fd, info, WAIT_FOR_WRITE, timeout))
return -1;
if (info && info->writer)
res = info->writer (fd, buf, bufsize, info->ctx);
else
res = sock_write (fd, buf, bufsize);
if (res <= 0)
break;
buf += res;
bufsize -= res;
}
return res;
}
/* Close the file descriptor FD. */
void
fd_close (int fd)
{
struct transport_info *info;
if (fd < 0)
return;
/* Don't use LAZY_RETRIEVE_INFO because fd_close() is only called once
per socket, so that particular optimization wouldn't work. */
info = NULL;
if (transport_map)
info = hash_table_get (transport_map, (void *) fd);
if (info && info->closer)
info->closer (fd, info->ctx);
else
sock_close (fd);
if (info)
{
hash_table_remove (transport_map, (void *) fd);
xfree (info);
++transport_map_modified_tick;
}
}

77
src/bin/network/wget/src/connect.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Declarations for connect.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Wget.
GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Wget; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
#ifndef CONNECT_H
#define CONNECT_H
#include "host.h" /* for definition of ip_address */
/* Function declarations */
/* Returned by connect_to_host when host name cannot be resolved. */
enum {
E_HOST = -100
};
int connect_to_host PARAMS ((const char *, int));
int connect_to_ip PARAMS ((const ip_address *, int, const char *));
int bind_local PARAMS ((const ip_address *, int *));
int accept_connection PARAMS ((int));
enum {
ENDPOINT_LOCAL,
ENDPOINT_PEER
};
int socket_ip_address PARAMS ((int, ip_address *, int));
int retryable_socket_connect_error PARAMS ((int));
/* Flags for select_fd's WAIT_FOR argument. */
enum {
WAIT_FOR_READ = 1,
WAIT_FOR_WRITE = 2
};
int select_fd PARAMS ((int, double, int));
int test_socket_open PARAMS ((int));
typedef int (*fd_reader_t) PARAMS ((int, char *, int, void *));
typedef int (*fd_writer_t) PARAMS ((int, char *, int, void *));
typedef int (*fd_poller_t) PARAMS ((int, double, int, void *));
typedef int (*fd_peeker_t) PARAMS ((int, char *, int, void *));
typedef void (*fd_closer_t) PARAMS ((int, void *));
void fd_register_transport PARAMS ((int, fd_reader_t, fd_writer_t,
fd_poller_t, fd_peeker_t, fd_closer_t,
void *));
void *fd_transport_context PARAMS ((int));
int fd_read PARAMS ((int, char *, int, double));
int fd_write PARAMS ((int, char *, int, double));
int fd_peek PARAMS ((int, char *, int, double));
void fd_close PARAMS ((int));
#endif /* CONNECT_H */

1035
src/bin/network/wget/src/convert.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

106
src/bin/network/wget/src/convert.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/* Declarations for convert.c
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Wget.
GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Wget; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
#ifndef CONVERT_H
#define CONVERT_H
struct hash_table; /* forward decl */
extern struct hash_table *downloaded_html_set;
enum convert_options {
CO_NOCONVERT = 0, /* don't convert this URL */
CO_CONVERT_TO_RELATIVE, /* convert to relative, e.g. to
"../../otherdir/foo.gif" */
CO_CONVERT_TO_COMPLETE, /* convert to absolute, e.g. to
"http://orighost/somedir/bar.jpg". */
CO_NULLIFY_BASE /* change to empty string. */
};
struct url;
/* A structure that defines the whereabouts of a URL, i.e. its
position in an HTML document, etc. */
struct urlpos {
struct url *url; /* the URL of the link, after it has
been merged with the base */
char *local_name; /* local file to which it was saved
(used by convert_links) */
/* reserved for special links such as <base href="..."> which are
used when converting links, but ignored when downloading. */
unsigned int ignore_when_downloading :1;
/* Information about the original link: */
unsigned int link_relative_p :1; /* the link was relative */
unsigned int link_complete_p :1; /* the link was complete (had host name) */
unsigned int link_base_p :1; /* the url came from <base href=...> */
unsigned int link_inline_p :1; /* needed to render the page */
unsigned int link_expect_html :1; /* expected to contain HTML */
unsigned int link_refresh_p :1; /* link was received from
<meta http-equiv=refresh content=...> */
int refresh_timeout; /* for reconstructing the refresh. */
/* Conversion requirements: */
enum convert_options convert; /* is conversion required? */
/* URL's position in the buffer. */
int pos, size;
struct urlpos *next; /* next list element */
};
/* downloaded_file() takes a parameter of this type and returns this type. */
typedef enum
{
/* Return enumerators: */
FILE_NOT_ALREADY_DOWNLOADED = 0,
/* Return / parameter enumerators: */
FILE_DOWNLOADED_NORMALLY,
FILE_DOWNLOADED_AND_HTML_EXTENSION_ADDED,
/* Parameter enumerators: */
CHECK_FOR_FILE
} downloaded_file_t;
downloaded_file_t downloaded_file PARAMS ((downloaded_file_t, const char *));
void register_download PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
void register_redirection PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
void register_html PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
void register_delete_file PARAMS ((const char *));
void convert_all_links PARAMS ((void));
void convert_cleanup PARAMS ((void));
char *html_quote_string PARAMS ((const char *));
#endif /* CONVERT_H */

1622
src/bin/network/wget/src/cookies.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

46
src/bin/network/wget/src/cookies.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Support for cookies.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Wget.
GNU Wget is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
your option) any later version.
GNU Wget is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with Wget; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
#ifndef COOKIES_H
#define COOKIES_H
struct cookie_jar;
struct cookie_jar *cookie_jar_new PARAMS ((void));
void cookie_jar_delete PARAMS ((struct cookie_jar *));
void cookie_handle_set_cookie PARAMS ((struct cookie_jar *, const char *,
int, const char *, const char *));
char *cookie_header PARAMS ((struct cookie_jar *,
const char *, int, const char *, int));
void cookie_jar_load PARAMS ((struct cookie_jar *, const char *));
void cookie_jar_save PARAMS ((struct cookie_jar *, const char *));
#endif /* COOKIES_H */

1176
src/bin/network/wget/src/ftp-basic.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More